Document:

Exhibit 10.10

SUMMARY OF
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

In the first quarter of each year, in connection with
the budgeting process, Axsys establishes financial performance targets and a
related targeted bonus for many of our employees. Under the Management
Incentive Plan, cash bonuses become payable to these employees after the end of
the subsequent year and may vary from 0% to 100% or more of the employee’s
targeted bonus based on the extent to which the financial performance targets
are met.Exhibit 10.1

 

Summary
of 2004 Bonus Plan

 

The Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of Sepracor Inc. (the “Company”) may grant
a discretionary bonus to each of the Company’s executive officers for work
performed by such officer during the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “2004
Bonus”).   Each officer’s 2004 Bonus shall be determined based
on, among other things, the Company’s overall performance, as well as such
officer’s individual performance, during the fiscal year ended December 31,
2004.  Each executive officer has a
target 2004 Bonus (the “2004 Target Bonus”), which has been determined based on
a percentage (the “2004 Target Percentage”) of such officer’s 2004 annual base
salary.  Each executive officer's 2004
Target Bonus and 2004 Target Percentage is set forth in the table below.

 

 

	
  Executive Officer

  	
   

  	
  2004 Target

  Bonus

  	
   

  	
  2004 Target

  Percentage

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Timothy J. Barberich 

  Chief Executive Officer

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  238,518

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  William J. O’Shea 

  President and Chief Operating Officer

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  211,039

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Mark H.N. Corrigan, M.D. 

  Executive Vice President, Research and Development

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  176,344

  	
   

  	
  45

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  David P. Southwell 

  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  122,744

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Robert F. Scumaci 

  Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, and Treasurer

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  109,664

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Douglas E. Reedich, Ph.D., J.D. 

  Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  78,000

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
  %Exhibit
10.2

 

Summary
of 2005 Bonus Plan

 

The Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of Sepracor Inc. (the “Company”) may grant
a discretionary bonus to each of the Company’s executive officers for work
performed by such officer during the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “2005
Bonus”).   Each officer’s 2005 Bonus shall be determined based
on, among other things, the Company’s overall performance, as well as such
officer’s individual performance, during the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005.  Each executive officer has a
target 2005 Bonus (the “2005 Target Bonus”), which has been determined based on
a percentage (the “2005 Target Percentage”) of such officer’s 2005 annual base
salary.  Each executive officer's 2005
Target Bonus and 2005 Target Percentage is set forth in the table below.

 

 

	
  Executive Officer

  	
   

  	
  2005 Target 

  Bonus

  	
   

  	
  2005 Target

  Percentage

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Timothy J. Barberich 

       Chief Executive Officer

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  275,000

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  William J. O’Shea 

       President and Chief Operating Officer

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  225,000

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Mark H.N. Corrigan, M.D. 

       Executive
  Vice President, Research and Development

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  184,500

  	
   

  	
  45

  	
  %

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  David P. Southwell 

       Executive
  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  140,000

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %

  
	
       and Secretary

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Robert F. Scumaci 

       Executive
  Vice President, Finance and 

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  130,000

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %

  
	
       Administration, and Treasurer

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Douglas E. Reedich, Ph.D., J.D. 

       Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  124,000

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

SANMINA-SCI CORPORATION,

as Issuer

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

as Guarantors

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

 

Indenture

 

Dated as of February 24, 2005

 

$400,000,000

 

63⁄4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

 

 

 

 

SANMINA-SCI CORPORATION

 

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act

of 1939 and Indenture, dated as of February 24, 2005

 

	
  Trust
  Indenture Act Section

  	
   

  	
  Indenture
  Section

  
	
  § 310(a)(1)

  	
   

  	
  609

  
	
  (a)(2)

  	
   

  	
  609

  
	
  (a)(3)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  (a)(4)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  (a)(5)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  (b)

  	
   

  	
  608

  
	
  (c)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  § 311(a)

  	
   

  	
  613

  
	
  (b)

  	
   

  	
  613

  
	
  (c)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  § 312(a)

  	
   

  	
  701, 702

  
	
  (b)

  	
   

  	
  702

  
	
  (c)

  	
   

  	
  702

  
	
  § 313(a)

  	
   

  	
  703

  
	
  (b)(1)

  	
   

  	
  703, 1103

  
	
  (b)(2)

  	
   

  	
  703

  
	
  (c)

  	
   

  	
  703

  
	
  (d)

  	
   

  	
  703

  
	
  § 314(a)

  	
   

  	
  704, 1020

  
	
  (c)(1)

  	
   

  	
  102

  
	
  (c)(2)

  	
   

  	
  102

  
	
  (c)(3)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  (e)

  	
   

  	
  102

  
	
  (f)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  § 315(a)

  	
   

  	
  601

  
	
  (b)

  	
   

  	
  602

  
	
  (c)

  	
   

  	
  601

  
	
  (d)

  	
   

  	
  601

  
	
  (d)(1)

  	
   

  	
  601

  
	
  (e)

  	
   

  	
  514

  
	
  § 316(a) (last sentence)

  	
   

  	
  501

  
	
  (a)(l)(A)

  	
   

  	
  104, 501, 503, 512

  
	
  (a)(l)(B)

  	
   

  	
  501, 513

  
	
  (a)(2)

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  (b)

  	
   

  	
  508

  
	
  § 317(a)(1)

  	
   

  	
  503

  
	
  (a)(2)

  	
   

  	
  504

  
	
  (b)

  	
   

  	
  1003

  
	
  § 318(a)

  	
   

  	
  107

  

 

Note:This
reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of
the Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
  ARTICLE ONE

  	
   

  
	
  DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL
  APPLICATION

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 101.

  	
  Definitions

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  102.

  	
  Compliance
  Certificates and Opinions

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  103.

  	
  Form
  of Documents Delivered to Trustee

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  104.

  	
  Acts of
  Holders; Record Date

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  105.

  	
  Notices,
  Etc., to Trustee and Company

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 106.

  	
  Notice to
  Holders; Waiver

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  107.

  	
  Conflict
  with Trust Indenture Act

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  108.

  	
  Effect
  of Headings and Table of Contents

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 109.

  	
  Successors and
  Assigns

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 110.

  	
  Separability Clause

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 111.

  	
  Benefits of
  Indenture

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 112.

  	
  Governing Law

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 113.

  	
  Legal Holidays

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  114.

  	
  Indenture
  and Securities Solely Corporate Obligations

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 115.

  	
  Counterparts

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE TWO

  	
   

  
	
  NOTE FORMS

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 201.

  	
  Forms Generally

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 202.

  	
  Restrictive Legends

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE THREE

  	
   

  
	
  THE NOTES

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 301.

  	
  Title and Terms

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 302.

  	
  Denominations

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  303.

  	
  Execution,
  Authentication, Delivery and Dating

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 304.

  	
  Temporary Notes

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  305.

  	
  Registration,
  Registration of Transfer and Exchange Generally; Certain Transfers and
  Exchanges; Securities Act Legend

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  306.

  	
  Mutilated,
  Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  307.

  	
  Payment
  of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 308.

  	
  Persons Deemed
  Owners

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 309.

  	
  Cancellation

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 310.

  	
  Computation of
  Interest

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 311.

  	
  CUSIP Numbers

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  312.

  	
  Issuance
  of Additional Notes

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  313.

  	
  Designation
  of Notes as Senior Debt

  	
   

  

 

i

 

	
  ARTICLE FOUR

  	
   

  
	
  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  401.

  	
  Satisfaction
  and Discharge of Indenture

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 402.

  	
  Application
  of Trust Money

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE FIVE

  	
   

  
	
  REMEDIES

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 501.

  	
  Events of Default

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  502.

  	
  Acceleration
  of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  503.

  	
  Collection
  of Debt and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  504.

  	
  Trustee
  May File Proofs of Claim

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  505.

  	
  Trustee
  May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  506.

  	
  Application
  of Money Collected

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  507.

  	
  Limitation
  on Suits and Remedies

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  508.

  	
  Unconditional
  Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  509.

  	
  Restoration
  of Rights and Remedies

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  510.

  	
  Rights
  and Remedies Cumulative

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  511.

  	
  Delay or
  Omission Not Waiver

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 512.

  	
  Control by Holders

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 513.

  	
  Waiver of Past
  Defaults

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 514.

  	
  Undertaking for
  Costs

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  515.

  	
  Waiver
  of Stay or Extension Laws

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE SIX

  	
   

  
	
  THE TRUSTEE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  601.

  	
  Certain
  Duties and Responsibilities

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 602.

  	
  Notice of Defaults

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 603.

  	
  Certain
  Rights of Trustee

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  604.

  	
  Not
  Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 605.

  	
  May Hold Notes

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 606.

  	
  Money Held in Trust

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  607.

  	
  Compensation
  and Reimbursement

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  608.

  	
  Disqualification:
  Conflicting Interests

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  609.

  	
  Corporate
  Trustee Required; Eligibility

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  610.

  	
  Resignation
  and Removal; Appointment of Successor

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  611.

  	
  Acceptance
  of Appointment by Successor

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  612.

  	
  Merger,
  Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  613.

  	
  Preferential
  Collection of Claims Against Company

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  614.

  	
  Appointment
  of Authenticating Agent

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE SEVEN

  	
   

  
	
  HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND
  COMPANY

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  701.

  	
  Company
  to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

  	
   

  

 

ii

 

	
  SECTION
  702.

  	
  Preservation
  of Information; Communications to Holders

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 703.

  	
  Reports by Trustee

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 704.

  	
  Reports by Company

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE EIGHT

  	
   

  
	
  MERGERS, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF PROPERTY

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  801.

  	
  The
  Company May Consolidate, etc

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  802.

  	
  The
  Notes Guarantors May Consolidate, etc

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE NINE

  	
   

  
	
  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  901.

  	
  Supplemental
  Indentures Without Consent of Holders

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  902.

  	
  Supplemental
  Indentures with Consent of Holders

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  903.

  	
  Execution
  of Supplemental Indentures

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  904.

  	
  Effect
  of Supplemental Indentures

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  905.

  	
  Conformity
  with Trust Indenture Act

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  906.

  	
  Reference
  in Notes to Supplemental Indentures

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  907.

  	
  Notice
  of Supplemental Indenture

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 908.

  	
  Form of Consent

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE TEN

  	
   

  
	
  COVENANTS

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1001.

  	
  Payment
  of Principal, Premium and Interest

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1002.

  	
  Maintenance
  of Office or Agency

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1003.

  	
  Money
  for Note Payments to be Held in Trust

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1004.

  	
  Corporate
  Existence

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1005.

  	
  Maintenance
  of Properties

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1006.

  	
  Payment
  of Taxes and Other Claims

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1007.

  	
  Maintenance
  of Insurance

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1008.

  	
  Limitation on Debt

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1009.

  	
  Limitation
  on Restricted Payments

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1010.

  	
  Limitation
  on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1011.

  	
  Limitation on Liens

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1012.

  	
  [Intentionally
  Omitted]

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1013.

  	
  Limitation
  on Asset Sales

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1014.

  	
  Limitation
  on Transactions with Affiliates

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1015.

  	
  Repurchase
  at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1016.

  	
  Designation
  of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1017.

  	
  Payments for
  Consent

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1018.

  	
  Limitation
  on Layered Debt

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1019.

  	
  Available
  Information

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1020.

  	
  Statement
  by Officers as to Default; Compliance Certificates

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1021.

  	
  Waiver of
  Certain Covenants

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1022.

  	
  Covenants
  After Fall-Away Event

  	
   

  

 

iii

 

	
  ARTICLE ELEVEN

  	
   

  
	
  REDEMPTION OF NOTES

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1101.

  	
  Right of Redemption

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1102.

  	
  Applicability
  of Article

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1103.

  	
  Election
  to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1104.

  	
  Selection
  by Trustee of Notes to be Redeemed

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1105.

  	
  Notice of
  Redemption

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1106.

  	
  Deposit of
  Redemption Price

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1107.

  	
  Notes
  Payable on Redemption Date

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1108.

  	
  Notes Redeemed
  in Part

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE TWELVE

  	
   

  
	
  GUARANTEES

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1201.

  	
  Notes Guarantee

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1202.

  	
  Execution
  and Delivery of the Notes Guarantees

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1203.

  	
  Limitation
  on Notes Guarantors’ Liability

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1204.

  	
  Rights
  under the Notes Guarantees

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1205.

  	
  Primary Obligations

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1206.

  	
  Notes
  Guarantee by Future Domestic Subsidiaries

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1207.

  	
  Release of
  Notes Guarantors

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE THIRTEEN

  	
   

  
	
  DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1301.

  	
  Company’s
  Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1302.

  	
  Defeasance and
  Discharge

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1303.

  	
  Covenant Defeasance

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1304.

  	
  Conditions
  to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1305.

  	
  Deposited
  Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other
  Miscellaneous Provisions

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1306.

  	
  Reinstatement

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE FOURTEEN

  	
   

  
	
  SUBORDINATION

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1401.

  	
  Agreement to
  Subordinate

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1402.

  	
  Liquidation,
  Dissolution, Bankruptcy

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1403.

  	
  Default on
  Senior Debt

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1404.

  	
  Acceleration
  of Payment of Securities

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1405.

  	
  When
  Distribution Must Be Paid Over

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1406.

  	
  Subrogation

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION 1407.

  	
  Relative Rights

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1408.

  	
  Subordination
  May Not Be Impaired by Company

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1409.

  	
  Rights
  of Trustee and Paying Agent

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1410.

  	
  Distribution
  or Notice to Representative

  	
   

  

 

iv

 

	
  SECTION
  1411.

  	
  Article
  Fourteen Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1412.

  	
  Trust
  Moneys Not Subordinated

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1413.

  	
  Trustee
  Entitled to Rely

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1414.

  	
  Trustee
  to Effectuate Subordination

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1415.

  	
  Trustee
  Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1416.

  	
  Reliance
  by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions

  	
   

  
	
  SECTION
  1417.

  	
  Subordination
  of Notes Guarantor

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit
  A

  	
  Form
  of Note

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit B

  	
  Regulation S Certificate

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit C

  	
  Form of Restricted Notes Certificate

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit D

  	
  Form of Unrestricted Notes Certificate

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit E

  	
  Form of Notes Guarantee

  	
   

  
				

 

v

 

INDENTURE,
dated as of February 24, 2005, among Sanmina-SCI Corporation, a
corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware, as issuer (herein called the “Company”), having its principal
executive offices at 2700 North First Street, San Jose, California 95134, the
Notes Guarantors (as defined herein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as
trustee (herein called the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

The
Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its 63⁄4 % Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013, of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter
set forth herein, and to provide therefor the Company and the Notes Guarantors
have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  The Notes may consist of any of or all of the
Original Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes, each as defined
herein.  The Original Notes, Additional
Notes and the Exchange Notes shall rank pari
passu with one another, shall together constitute a single class and
series of securities and will vote together as one series of securities under
this Indenture.

 

All
things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid
obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the
Company, in accordance with their and its terms, have been done.

 

All
things necessary to make the Notes Guarantees, when executed by the Notes
Guarantors and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Notes
Guarantors, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Notes
Guarantors, in accordance with their and its terms, have been done.

 

This
Indenture is subject to, and shall be governed by, the same provisions of the
Trust Indenture Act that are required to be a part of and govern indentures
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

NOW,
THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For
and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the
Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE
ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 101.   Definitions.

 

(a)           For
all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or
unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)           the
terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this
Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

 

1

 

(2)           all
other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), either directly or by reference
therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

 

(3)           all accounting terms
not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (whether or
not such is indicated herein), and, except as otherwise herein expressly
provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” or “GAAP”
with respect to any financial or accounting computation required or permitted
hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in
the United States as in effect from time to time;

 

(4)           unless the context
otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article” or a “Section”, or to an “Exhibit”
or a “Schedule”, refers to an Article or Section of, or to an Exhibit or a
Schedule attached to, this Indenture, as the case may be;

 

(5)           unless
the context otherwise requires, any reference to a statute, rule or regulation
refers to the same (including any successor statute, rule or regulation
thereto) as it may be amended from time to time;

 

(6)           unless otherwise
specifically set forth herein, all calculations or determinations of a Person
shall be performed or made on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

 

(7)           the words “herein”, “hereof”
and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a
whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

 

(8)           except as otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, whenever the covenant or default
provisions or definitions in this Indenture refer to an amount in U.S. dollars,
that amount will be deemed to refer to the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the amount
of any obligation denominated in any other currency or currencies, including
composite currencies.  Any determination
of U.S. Dollar Equivalent for any purpose under this Indenture will be
determined as of a date of determination as described in the definition of “U.S.
Dollar Equivalent” and, in any case, no subsequent change in the U.S. Dollar
Equivalent after the applicable date of determination will cause such
determination to be modified.

 

(b)           Certain
terms, used principally in Article Ten, are defined in that Article.  Other terms are defined as follows:

 

“10.375%
Senior Secured Notes” means the 10.375% Senior Secured Notes due January
15, 2010 of the Company.

 

“Acquired
Debt” means Debt of a Person (a) outstanding on the date on which such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) assumed in connection with the
acquisition 

 

2

 

of assets from such Person.  Acquired Debt shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or the date of the related acquisition of assets from
such Person.

 

“Act,”
when referring to the Act of Holders, shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 104.

 

“Additional
Assets” means:

 

(a)           any
Property (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and securities) to be owned by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and used in a Permitted Business,
including, without limitation, receivables repurchased in connection with a
Receivables Program;

 

(b)           Capital
Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the
acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary from any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company; provided, however, that,
in the case of this clause (b), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged
in a Permitted Business; and

 

(c)           any Permitted Investment (other than as described in clauses
(a), (b) (insofar as the Investment is made in a Restricted Subsidiary) or (d)
of the definition of “Permitted Investment”).

 

“Additional
Notes” means additional Notes that may be issued
under this Indenture after the date that the Original Notes are first issued by
the Company and authenticated by the Trustee under this Indenture, which shall
rank pari passu with the Original
Notes initially issued in all respects. 
Additional Notes shall include Notes of like terms and tenor issued in
exchange for Additional Notes and any Successor Notes in respect thereof.

 

“Affiliate”
of any specified Person means:

 

(a)           any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person; or

 

(b)           any other Person who is a director or executive officer of:

 

(1)           such
specified Person;

 

(2)           any
Subsidiary of such specified Person; or

 

(3)           any
Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

 

For
the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any
Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled”
have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
For purposes of Sections 1013 and 1014 and the definition of “Additional
Assets” only, “Affiliate” shall also mean any beneficial owner of
shares representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the 

 

3

 

Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company
or of rights or warrants to purchase such Voting Stock (whether or not
currently exercisable) and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such
beneficial owner pursuant to the first sentence of this definition.

 

“Affiliate
Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 1015.

 

“Agent
Members” has the meaning specified in Section 305.

 

“Allocable
Excess Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 1013.

 

“Applicable
Procedures” has the meaning specified in Section 305.

 

“Asset
Sale” means any sale, transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of
related sales, transfers, issuances or dispositions) by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this
definition as a “disposition”), of:

 

(a)           any shares of Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), or

 

(b)           any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
(excluding Capital Stock of the Company, cash and Cash Equivalents) outside of
the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,

 

in the case of either clause (a) or (b), (1) that have
a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, or (2) for net proceeds in
excess of $10.0 million.

 

Notwithstanding
the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of this definition, in no event shall an
Asset Sale include:

 

(1)           any
disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           any
disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment or
any disposition of a Permitted Investment, in any such case, to the extent
permitted by Section 1009;

 

(3)           any
disposition effected in compliance with Section 801;

 

(4)           any disposition of
damaged, worn out, surplus or other obsolete personal or real property in the
ordinary course of business so long as such property is no longer necessary for
the proper conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

 

(5)           any
issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to
another Subsidiary of the Company (other than the issuance of Capital Stock by
a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

 

4

 

(6)           the
licensing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of intellectual property
or know-how on commercially reasonable terms and in the ordinary course of
business;

 

(7)           the
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Property in connection with the
obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to remarket or sell any
Property at the end of the lease term or otherwise under or in connection with
any Synthetic Lease of the Office Campus;

 

(8)           the
surrender or waiver of litigation rights or settlement, release or surrender of
tort or other litigation claims of any kind;

 

(9)           the
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Receivables Program Assets by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any Receivables
Program;

 

(10)         the
sub-lease of facilities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the
lease by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of facilities under any
operating lease, in either such case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)         one or more sales of
fixed assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the
Company’s Restructuring Plans provided that such sales take place during
the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending two years after the Issue
Date and the aggregate consideration for all of the sales during such two-year
period does not exceed $50.0 million; and

 

(12)         the
granting of a Permitted Lien.

 

“Attributable
Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at any date of
determination,

 

(a)           if
such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount
of Debt represented thereby according to the definition of “Capital Lease
Obligation”; and

 

(b)           in
all other instances, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne
by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for
rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended).

 

“Authenticating
Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 614
to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.

 

“Available
Credit” means, as of any date of determination, the maximum amount
available that may be drawn under the Company’s and each Restricted Subsidiary’s
Credit Facilities at such date of determination.

 

5

 

“Average
Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt or
Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(a)           the
sum of the product of the numbers of years (rounded to the nearest one-twelfth
of one year) from the date of determination to the dates of each successive
scheduled principal payment (or, in the case of the Company’s Zero Coupon
Debentures, to the Stated Maturity) of such Debt or redemption or similar
payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such
payment by

 

(b)           the sum of all such payments.

 

“Board
of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or the Notes Guarantors,
as the case may be, or any committee thereof authorized with respect to any
particular matter to exercise the power of the Board of Directors.

 

“Board
Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company or the Notes Guarantors, as the case may be,
to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and
effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Borrowing
Base” means an amount equal to the sum of (A) 80% of the book value of the
accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (B) 60%
of the book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal
quarter of the Company for which financial statements of the Company have been
made publicly available.

 

“Business
Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is
not a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, New York or
San Jose, California or such other city in which the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee is located, are authorized or obligated by law or executive order
to close.

 

“Capital
Lease Obligations” means any obligation under a lease of any property
(whether real, personal or mixed) that is capitalized for financial reporting
purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease.  For purposes of Section 1011, a Capital Lease
Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased.

 

“Capital
Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents
(however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests
or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in
the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including Preferred Stock, but
excluding any debt security convertible or exchangeable into any such equity
interest.

 

“Capital
Stock Sale Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company
or any such Subsidiary for 

 

6

 

the benefit of their employees) by the Company of its
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date, net of
attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees,
discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually
incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.

 

“Cash
Equivalents” means:

 

(a)           securities
issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by (i) the United States
Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full
faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), or (ii)
any member of the European Economic Area or Switzerland, or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that such country, agency or instrumentality
has a credit rating at least equal to that of the United States and the full
faith and credit of such country is pledged in support thereof), in each case,
with such securities having maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition;

 

(b)           marketable
general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any
political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof
maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof (provided that
the full faith and credit of such state is pledged in support thereof) and, at
the time of acquisition thereof, having credit ratings of at least AA- (or the
equivalent) by S&P and at least Aa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s;

 

(c)           certificates
of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or
bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank organized in the United
States of America, Canada, Japan or Switzerland or any member of the European
Economic Area, in each case, of recognized standing and having combined capital
and surplus in excess of $500.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent
thereof);

 

(d)           repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities
of the types described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition entered
into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) of this
definition;

 

(e)           commercial
paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof in one of the two highest
categories obtainable from both S&P and Moody’s or carrying an equivalent
rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named
rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case
maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(f)            interests
in any investment company or money market fund substantially all of the assets
of which are of the type specified in clauses (a) through (e) of this
definition; and

 

(g)           asset backed securities rated AAA or better by S&P or
Moody’s, with such securities having maturities of not more than one year from
the date of acquisition.

 

“Change
of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

7

 

(a)           if
any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13 (d) and
14 (d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the
foregoing), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
voting or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under
the Exchange Act, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, except that a person will be deemed to have “beneficial
ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether
such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time),
directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock of the Company (for purposes of this clause (a), such person or group
shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a corporation held by
any other corporation (the “parent corporation”) so long as such person
or group beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority
of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation); or

 

(b)           the
sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition, directly or
indirectly, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a disposition of
such assets as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary) shall have occurred, or the Company merges, consolidates
or amalgamates with or into any other Person or any other Person merges,
consolidates or amalgamates with or into the Company, in any such event
pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company
is reclassified into or exchanged for cash, securities or other Property, other
than any such transaction where:

 

(1)           the outstanding
Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for other Voting
Stock of the Company or for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; and

 

(2)           the holders of the
Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly
or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company or
the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction and in
substantially the same proportion as before the transaction;

 

(c)           during
any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such
period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors
whose election or appointment by such Board or whose nomination for election by
the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of not less than a
majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the
beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
Board of Directors then in office; or

 

(d)           the shareholders of the Company shall have approved any plan
of liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

“Change
of Control Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1015.

 

“Change
of Control Purchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1015.

 

“Change
of Control Purchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 1015.

 

8

 

“Clearstream”
means Clearstream Banking, societé anonyme.

 

“Commission”
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time
constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at
any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing
and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act,
then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Commodity
Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity
option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

 

“Company”
means the corporation named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this
Indenture until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “Company” shall mean
such successor corporation.

 

“Company
Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed
in the name of the Company by an Officer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Comparable
Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an
Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining
term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in
accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of
corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the
Notes.

 

“Comparable
Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date:

 

(a)           the
average of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed
in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third Business Day
preceding such Redemption Date, as set forth in the most recently published
statistical release designated “H.15(519)” (or any successor release) published
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes
yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to
constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities”; or

 

(b)           if such release (or any successor release) is not published
or does not contain such prices on such Business Day, the Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date.

 

“Consolidated
Current Liabilities” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate
amount of liabilities of the Company and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (including
taxes accrued as estimated), after eliminating:

 

(a)           all intercompany items between the
Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(b)           all current maturities of long-term Debt.

 

9

 

“Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio
of:

 

(a)           the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the most recently ended
four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been made
publicly available; to

 

(b)           Consolidated
Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters;

 

provided, however, that

 

(1)           if

 

(A)          since the beginning
of such period but prior to such date of determination, the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Debt that remains outstanding or Repaid
any Debt; or

 

(B)           the transaction
giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage
Ratio is an Incurrence or Repayment of Debt,

 

Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
calculated after giving effect on a pro
forma basis to such Incurrence or Repayment as if such Debt was
Incurred or Repaid on the first day of such period, provided that, (i) in the event of any such Repayment of
Debt, EBITDA for such period shall be calculated as if the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during
such period in respect of the funds used to Repay such Debt and (ii) in making
such computation, the amount of Debt under any revolving credit facility shall
be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Debt during such
period; and

 

(2)           if

 

(A)          since the beginning
of such period but prior to such date of determination the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Sale or an acquisition of
Property which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a
business;

 

(B)           the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Sale or acquisition; or

 

(C)           since
the beginning of such period but prior to such date of determination any Person
(that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period)
shall have made such an Asset Sale or acquisition;

 

EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after
giving pro forma effect to such
Asset Sale or acquisition as if such Asset Sale or acquisition had occurred on
the first day of such period.

 

10

 

If any
Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on
such Debt shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such
floating rate of interest on the date of determination had been the applicable
base interest rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate
Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Agreement has a
remaining term in excess of the lesser of (i) 12 months and (ii) the remaining
period until the Stated Maturity of such Debt). 
In the event the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold
during the period, the Company shall be deemed, for purposes of clause (b)(1) of this definition, to have Repaid during such period
the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its
continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after
such sale.

 

“Consolidated
Interest Expense” means (without duplication), for any period, the total
interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries,
plus, to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the
extent Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries during that
period:

 

(a)           interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations
and the imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt;

 

(b)           amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost,
including commitment fees;

 

(c)           capitalized interest;

 

(d)           non-cash interest expense;

 

(e)           commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with
respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

(f)            net costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including
amortization of fees);

 

(g)           Disqualified
Stock Dividends, other than dividends payable to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(h)           Preferred
Stock Dividends, other than dividends payable to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(i)            interest
actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on any Debt of any
other Person to the extent such Debt is Guaranteed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(j)            cash
contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust of the
Company to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay
interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Debt
Incurred by such plan or trust.

 

11

 

“Consolidated
Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and
its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net
Income (without duplication):

 

(a)           if
any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, an
amount that is equal to (i) the amount of net income attributable to such
Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (ii) the percentage ownership interest in
the income of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such
period by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(b)           any net income (loss) of any Person (other than the Company)
if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

 

(1)           the Company’s equity
in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such
Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or any Property
distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a
dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations
contained in clause (d) of this definition); and

 

(2)           the
Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated
Net Income;

 

(c)           for
purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made
pursuant to clause (a)(3) of Section 1009 only, any net income (loss) of any
Person acquired by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition;

 

(d)           any
net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is
unable to both pay dividends and otherwise distribute cash to the Company and
any other Restricted Subsidiary because it is subject to the restrictions of
its charter or other organizational document or any agreement, instrument,
contract, judgment, decree, order or statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to the Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

 

(1)           the Company’s equity
in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be
included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash
distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in
the case of a dividend or other distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary,
to the limitation contained in this clause); and

 

(2)           the
Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(e)           any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition
of any Property of the Company or any of its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries (including pursuant 

 

12

 

to any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course
of business;

 

(f)            any extraordinary gain or loss;

 

(g)           restructuring charges, write-downs and reserves (to the
extent not excluded in subsection (f) of this definition) taken by the Company
or its Restricted Subsidiaries during any such period, provided that:

 

(1)           the aggregate amount
of charges that are paid in cash that are excluded pursuant to this clause (g)
in connection with the Company’s Restructuring Plans shall not in the aggregate
exceed $85.0 million for all periods during which Consolidated Net Income may
be calculated plus any restructuring charges taken in connection with the
Company’s Restructuring Plans for the three fiscal quarters ended October 2,
2004; and any charges paid in cash in excess of such amount shall be included
in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for the period when such charges
are paid in cash; and

 

(2)           the aggregate amount
of charges that are paid in cash that are excluded pursuant to this clause (g)
in connection with the Company’s future restructuring plans shall not exceed
$100.0 million for all periods during which Consolidated Net Income may be
calculated;

 

provided, further, that for purposes of calculating the
amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (a)(3) of
Section 1009 only, this clause (g) shall not apply;

 

(h)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
and

 

(i)            any
non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of, or in connection with the
exercise of, performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers,
directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such shares, options or
other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holder for Capital Stock of
the Company (other than Disqualified Stock).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section
1009 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends,
repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted
Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such
dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments
permitted under clause (a)(3)(D) of Section 1009.

 

“Consolidated
Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the
amounts that would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as the total assets (less accumulated
depreciation and amortization, allowances for doubtful receivables, other
applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to purchase accounting and after
deducting therefrom Consolidated Current Liabilities and, to the extent
otherwise included in the determination of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets,
the following amounts (without duplication) shall be excluded:

 

13

 

(a)           the excess of cost over fair market value of assets or
businesses acquired;

 

(b)           unamortized
debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill,
patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses,
organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;

 

(c)           minority interests in consolidated Subsidiaries held by
Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(d)           treasury stock;

 

(e)           cash
or securities set aside and held in a sinking or other analogous fund
established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock
to the extent such obligation is not reflected in Consolidated Current
Liabilities; and

 

(f)            Investments
in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Consolidated
Net Worth” means, as of any date of determination, the total of the amounts
shown on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as:

 

(a)           the par or stated value of all
outstanding Capital Stock of such Person; plus

 

(b)           paid-in
capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock; plus

 

(c)           any retained earnings or earned surplus less (1) any
accumulated deficit, and (2) any amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock;

 

in each case as of the end of the most recent fiscal
quarter of such Person for which financial statements have been made publicly
available.

 

“Consolidated
Tangible Foreign Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of
the amounts that would appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the Foreign
Subsidiaries of the Company as the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries of
the Company, minus the total intangible assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries of
the Company.

 

“Convertible
Debentures” means the Zero Coupon Debentures and the 3% Convertible
Subordinated Notes Due 2007 issued by SCI Systems, Inc.

 

“Convertible
Debentures Repurchase” means the purchase, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or acquisition for value of any Convertible Debentures.

 

“Corporate
Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee or its affiliate at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business may be administered and any
additional office it may designate in writing to the Company.  At the date of this Indenture, the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee is located at 633 West 5th Street, 24th Floor, Los
Angeles, California  

 

14

 

90071, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (Sanmina
SCI Corporation 63⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013).

 

“covenant defeasance” has the meaning specified
in Section 1303.

 

“Credit
Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
one or more debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other
institutional lenders (including the Senior Credit Facility) providing for one
or more revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or inventory financing
(including through the sale of receivables or inventory to such lenders or to
special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables or inventory) swing-line or commercial paper
facilities (including any letter of credit, sub-facilities or other facilities)
or letters of credit, in each case together with any Refinancings thereof,
whether any such Refinancing is under one or more debt or commercial paper
facilities, indentures or other agreements, by a lender or syndicate of
lenders, including, in each case, any related notes, guarantees, collateral
documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in
each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from
time to time, whether or not with the same agent, trustee, representative
lender or holders, and irrespective of any change in the terms and conditions
thereof.

 

“Currency
Exchange Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign
exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar
agreement or arrangement designed to manage or hedge fluctuations in currency
exchange rates.

 

“Debt”
means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without
duplication):

 

(a)           the principal of and premium (if any) and any other
obligations in respect of:

 

(1)           debt
of such Person for money borrowed; and

 

(2)           debt evidenced by
notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which
such Person is responsible or liable;

 

(b)           all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all
Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by
such Person;

 

(c)           all
obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of Property, all
conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person
under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and
accrued expenses related thereto arising in the ordinary course of business and
excluding any lease properly classified as an operating lease in accordance
with GAAP);

 

(d)           all
obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter
of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction but excluding
obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than
obligations described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition and (f) and
(g) of this definition) entered into in the ordinary course 

 

15

 

of business of such
Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to
the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third
Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement
following payment on the letter of credit;

 

(e)           the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to
the Repayment of any Disqualified Stock;

 

(f)            all
obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of this
definition of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment
of which, in either case, such Person is liable as obligor or Guarantor,
including by means of any Guarantee;

 

(g)           all
obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of this
definition of other Persons secured by any Lien on any Property of such Person
(whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such
obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value (as
determined by the Company in good faith) of such Property subject to such Lien
or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

 

(h)           to the extent not otherwise included
in this definition, the net liability under Hedging Obligations of such Person,

 

if and only to the extent that any of the preceding
items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations and obligations
referred to in clauses (f) and (g) of this definition) would appear as a
liability upon the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance
with GAAP (and in the case of Disqualified Stock that does not appear as a liability
upon the balance sheet, the price at which such Disqualified Stock may be
redeemed by the holder thereof on the date such Disqualified Stock may first be
redeemed by the holders thereof).

 

In no
event shall the term “Debt” include (i) any debt under any overdraft or cash
management facility, provided
that any such debt is incurred in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice, and is repaid in full no later than the business
day immediately following the date on which it was incurred, or (ii) any trade
payable.  The amount of Debt of any
Person at any date shall be (x) the accreted value thereof in the case of any
Debt that does not require current payments of interest, (y) the principal
amount of such Debt and (z) the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the
contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at
such date.

 

“Default”
means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be,
an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulted
Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

 

“defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section
1302.

 

“Depositary”
means The Depositary Trust Company until a successor Depositary shall have
become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and
thereafter Depositary shall mean each successor Depositary.

 

16

 

“Designated
Senior Debt” means:

 

(a)           any
Senior Debt that has, at the time of determination, an aggregate principal
amount outstanding of at least $25.0 million (including the amount of all
undrawn commitments and matured and contingent reimbursement obligations
pursuant to letters of credit thereunder) that is specifically designated as
such in the instrument evidencing such Senior Debt and is designated as such in
a notice delivered by the Company to the holders or a Representative of the
holders of such Senior Debt and in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the
Trustee as “Designated Senior Debt” of the Company and any Notes Guarantor for
purposes of the Indenture,

 

(b)           any Senior Debt outstanding under the Credit Facilities, and

 

(c)           Debt
represented by the 10.375% Senior Secured Notes.

 

“Disqualified
Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
which it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof)
or otherwise:

 

(a)           matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(b)           is or may become redeemable or
repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part; or

 

(c)           is convertible or exchangeable at the
option of the holder thereof for Debt or Disqualified Stock;

 

on or prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c)
of this definition, the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the
Notes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the
holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to
repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or
asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital
Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital
Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies
with Section 1009.

 

“Disqualified
Stock Dividends” means all dividends made with respect to Disqualified
Stock of the Company held by Persons other than a Restricted Subsidiary other
than dividends paid in Capital Stock of the Company.  The amount of any such dividend shall be
equal to the quotient of such dividend divided by the difference between one
and the maximum statutory federal income tax rate (expressed as a decimal
number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the Company.

 

“Distribution
Compliance Period” means the period of 40 consecutive days commencing on
the later of (i) the date the Notes are first offered to persons other than
distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S (the
Company and Trustee being entitled to rely on written advice from the
Purchasers with respect thereto) and (ii) the Issue Date.

 

17

 

“Dollar”
and “$” means such coins or currency of the United States of America
which is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

“Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary other than (a) a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, (b) a
Subsidiary of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and (c) any special purpose
entity established solely in connection with a Receivables Program or any
Synthetic Lease with respect to the Office Campus.

 

“DTC”
has the meaning set forth in Section 201.

 

“EBITDA”
means, for any period, an amount equal to, for the Company and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)           the sum of Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the
following to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period:

 

(1)           the
provision for taxes based on income or profits or utilized in computing net
income;

 

(2)           Consolidated
Interest Expense;

 

(3)           depreciation;

 

(4)           amortization;

 

(5)           any other non-cash
items (other than any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an
accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period);

 

(6)           charges
associated with integration-related expenses (but excluding any associated
restructuring expenses) Incurred in such period in connection with any merger
or acquisition permitted under the Senior Credit Facility, as in effect on the
Issue Date;

 

(7)           accelerated
recognition of pension expenses previously deferred under FAS 87/88 in
connection with early termination of SCI Systems, Inc.’s “Supplemental
Retirement Plan” not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate;

 

(8)           charges
associated with the repayment or redemption of the Convertible Debentures or
the 10.375% Senior Secured Notes; and

 

(9)           to the extent that
GAAP requires stock-based compensation or share-based payments to be expensed,
any non-cash charges associated therewith, minus

 

(b)           all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for
such period.

 

18

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), the
provision for taxes and the depreciation, amortization and non-cash items of a
Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute
EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of
such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income
and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be paid as dividends to the Company by such Restricted
Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the
terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees,
orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such
Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders.

 

“Equity
Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to
acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible
into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

“Equity
Offering” means (a) any public offering of common stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (b) any unregistered offering of common
stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company with net cash proceeds in
excess of $50 million.

 

“European
Economic Area” means the member nations of the European Economic Area
pursuant to the Oporto Agreement on the European Economic Area dated May 2,
1992, as amended.

 

“Euroclear”
means the Euroclear Clearance System (or any successor securities clearing
agency).

 

“Event
of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

 

“Excess
Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 1013.

 

“Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended and
any successor act thereto.

 

“Exchange
Notes” means new notes of the Company (and their Successor Notes) issued in
a registered offer made pursuant to a registration statement, or registration
statements, filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission offering to
exchange such new notes for the Original Notes or the Additional Notes, as the
case may be; provided that such
new notes have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the
Original Notes and the Additional Notes, as applicable, for which such offer is
being made except for any transfer restrictions required on the Original Notes
and the Additional Notes under the Indenture that are not required on the
Exchange Notes; provided, further,
that the Exchange Notes shall include new Guarantees issued in such exchange
offer by the Notes Guarantors in exchange for the existing Notes Guarantees; provided, further, that the Exchange Notes
exchanged for the Original Notes or the Additional Notes, as the case may be,
and the new Guarantees exchanged for the Notes Guarantees in such exchange
offer shall be secured to the same extent, if applicable, on the same terms and
under the same conditions, as the Original Notes or Additional Notes, as the
case may be, and the Notes Guarantees.

 

“Expiration
Date” has the meaning specified in Section 104.

 

19

 

“Fair
Market Value” means, with respect to any Property, the price that would
reasonably be expected to be paid in an arm’s-length free market transaction,
for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is
under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.  Fair Market Value shall be determined, except
as otherwise provided,

 

(a)           if
such Property has a Fair Market Value equal to or less than $50.0 million, by
any Officer of the Company; or

 

(b)           if such Property has a Fair Market Value in excess of $50.0 million,
by a majority of the Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution,
dated within 45 days of the relevant transaction and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Fall-Away
Event” means the occurrence of the following events:

 

(a)           the Notes have received Investment Grade Ratings from both
Rating Agencies;

 

(b)           no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is
continuing; and

 

(c)           the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate certifying as to the events specified in clauses (a) and (b) of
this definition.

 

“Foreign
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not
organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the
District of Columbia.

 

“Foreign
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

“Global
Note” means a Note that is registered in the Note Register in the name of a
Depositary or a nominee thereof.

 

“Guarantee”
or “Guaranty” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any
Person guaranteeing in any manner any Debt of any other Person; provided, however, that the terms “Guarantee”
and “Guaranty” shall not include:

 

(a)           endorsements for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(b)           a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another
Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a
Permitted Investment under clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted
Investment.”

 

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.  The term “Guarantor”
shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

 

“Hedging
Obligation” of any Person means any obligation of such Person pursuant to
any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, Commodity
Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement.

 

20

 

“Holder”
means the Person in whose name any Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

“Incur”
means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create,
issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume,
Guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the
recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or
obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred”
shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an
obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore
classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such
Debt; provided, further, however,
that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or
otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it
becomes a Subsidiary.

 

“Indenture”
means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be
supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered
into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof including, for all purposes
of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the Exhibits attached
to this instrument.

 

“Independent
Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers, or if any
such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an
investment banking firm of national reputation selected by the Company.

 

“Interest
Payment Date” means those dates specified in the Notes for the payment of
interest on the Notes.

 

“Interest
Rate Agreement” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement,
interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar
agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates.

 

“Investment”
by any Person means any direct or indirect loan (other than advances to
customers or other persons in the ordinary course of business that are recorded
as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of
such Person), advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by
means of transfers of cash or other Property to others or payments for Property
or services for the account or use of others) (but excluding commission, travel
and similar advances to officers, directors and employees made in the ordinary
course of business) to, or Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or
purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other
securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person; provided that in no event shall the
licensing or transfer of know-how or intellectual property or the providing of
services, each in the ordinary course of business, be considered an Investment.
If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any
Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after
giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made
an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the Capital Stock
of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed.

 

21

 

“Investment
Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB-  (or the equivalent) by S&P (or the
equivalent investment grade rating by another Rating Agency).

 

“Issue
Date” means the date on which the Original Notes are initially issued
pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Lien”
with respect to a Person means, with respect to any Property of such Person,
any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, security interest, lien,
fixed or floating charge, easement (other than any easement not materially
impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance or other security agreement
of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such Property (including
any Capital Lease Obligation, conditional sale or other title retention
agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing); provided, that the term “Lien” shall not
include any lease properly classified as an operating lease in accordance with
GAAP.

 

“Liquidity”
means the cash and Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries plus the Available Credit of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date that is no earlier than three business
days prior to the date of determination.

 

“Make-Whole Premium” means, with
respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

 

(a)           1% of the principal amount of such
Note; or

 

(b)           the
excess of (1) the present value at such date of redemption of (A) the
Redemption Price of such Note at March 1, 2009 as set forth in Section 1101(a)
plus (B) all remaining required interest payments (exclusive of interest
accrued and unpaid to the date of redemption) due on such Note through
March 1, 2009, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate
plus 50 basis points, over (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Note.

 

“Moody’s”
means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency
business thereof.

 

“Net
Available Cash” from any Asset Sale means cash payments actually received
therefrom by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash
payments actually received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to
a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received,
but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the
acquiring Person of Debt or other obligations relating to the Property that is
the subject of such Asset Sale or received in any other non-cash form), in each
case net of:

 

(a)           all
legal, title and recording expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
Incurred (including, without limitation, investment banking, sales commissions
and relocation expenses), and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local
taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of
such Asset Sale;

 

22

 

(b)           all payments made on any Debt that is secured by any Lien
upon Property that is the subject of such Asset Sale, or by applicable law,
which are repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale;

 

(c)           all
distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest
holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale; and

 

(d)           any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of
such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Note”
and “Notes” means the 63⁄4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, and more
particularly means any Original Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture or any supplemental indenture
hereto.  For all purposes of this
Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include any Additional Notes that may be
issued under a supplemental indenture and any Exchange Notes exchanged therefor
and, for purposes of this Indenture, both the Notes and the Additional Notes
and the Exchange Notes exchanged therefor shall vote together as one series of
Notes under this Indenture.

 

“Note
Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 305(a)(1).

 

“Note
Registrar” has the meaning set forth in Section 305(a)(1).

 

“Notes
Guarantees” means Guarantees of the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes by the Notes Guarantors in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Notes
Guarantors” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date and
any other Person that becomes a Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under
this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Section 1206 or who executes and delivers
a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Notes Guarantee.

 

“Notice
of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 501(b).

 

“Obligations”
means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Debt.

 

“Office
Campus” means the Company’s principal office campus located on North First
Street in San Jose, California.

 

“Officer”
means (a) the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer or any Vice President of the Company and (b) the Treasurer or Assistant
Treasurer or Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

“Officers’
Certificate” means a certificate signed by (a) (1) one Officer listed in
clause (a) of the definition of “Officer” and (2) one Officer listed in clause
(b) of the definition of 

 

23

 

“Officer,” or (b) two Officers listed in clause (a) of
the definition of “Officer,” and, in either case, delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Opinion
of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company.  The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel
to, the Company or the Trustee.

 

“Original
Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date and their Successor Notes.

 

“Outstanding”
when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all
Notes therefore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(a)           Notes
theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or Authenticating Agent or delivered to
the Trustee or Authenticating Agent for cancellation;

 

(b)           Notes,
or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary
amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent
(other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the
Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of
such Notes; provided that if such
Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given
pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee
has been made;

 

(c)           Notes,
except to the extent provided in Sections 1302 and 1303, with respect to which
the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in
Article Thirteen; and

 

(d)           Notes
which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of
which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this
Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been
presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a
bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the
Company;

 

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders
of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder,
Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor of the Notes or any Affiliate
of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to
be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver or other action, only Notes which the Trustee knows
to be so owned by written notice delivered at its notice address specified in
Section 105 hereof, shall be so disregarded. 
Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as
Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is
not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the
Company or of such other obligor.

 

“pari passu,” when used with respect to
the ranking of any Debt of any Person in relation to other Debt of such Person,
means that each such Debt (a) either (i) is not subordinated in right of
payment to any other Debt of such Person or (ii) is subordinate in right of
payment to 

 

24

 

the same Debt of such Person as
is the other and is so subordinate to the same extent and (b) is not
subordinate in right of payment to the other or to any Debt of such Person as
to which the other is not so subordinate.

 

“Paying
Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of
(and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Company, which
initially shall be the Trustee.

 

“Payment
Blockage Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1403.

 

“Payment
Blockage Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1403.

 

“Permitted
Business” means any business that is related, ancillary or complementary to
the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date
or any reasonable extension thereof.

 

“Permitted
Debt” is defined to include the following:

 

(a)           Debt
of the Company evidenced by the Original Notes and the Exchange Notes issued in
exchange for such Original Notes and in exchange for any Additional Notes;

 

(b)           Debt
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facilities, provided that on the date of Incurrence
the aggregate principal amount of the Debt to be Incurred plus all Debt
previously issued pursuant to this clause (b) which remains outstanding
shall not exceed (1) the greater of (A) $800.0 million and (B) the Borrowing
Base, less (2) the amount by which any such Debt previously Incurred under this
clause (b) that has been permanently reduced by the amount of Net Available Cash
used to Repay Debt and not subsequently reinvested in Additional Assets or used
to purchase Notes or Repay other Debt pursuant to Section 1013;

 

(c)           Debt
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Capital Lease
Obligations and Purchase Money Debt,  provided that:

 

(1)           the aggregate
principal amount of such Debt does not exceed the fair market value (as
determined by the Company in good faith) on the date of the Incurrence thereof
in the case of a Capital Lease Obligation and on the date of the acquisition,
construction, lease, improvement or installation of the underlying asset in the
case of Purchase Money Debt, of the Property acquired, constructed, leased,
improved or installed; and

 

(2)           the
aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (c) at
any one time outstanding (together with all Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred
and then outstanding in respect of Debt previously Incurred pursuant to this
clause (c)) shall not exceed 10.0% of Total Assets;

 

(d)           Debt
of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary and Debt of a
Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however,
that (1) if the Company is the obligor on such Debt, such Debt must be 

 

25

 

contractually
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (2) any subsequent issue or
transfer of Capital Stock or other event that results in any such Debt being
held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any
subsequent transfer of any such Debt (except to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such
Debt by the issuer thereof;

 

(e)           Debt
of a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the date on which such Restricted
Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or otherwise became a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than Debt Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or
any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the
transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Restricted
Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of the Company or was otherwise acquired by the
Company), provided that the
aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of all such Debt
Incurred pursuant to this clause (e) at any time outstanding shall not exceed
$50.0 million;

 

(f)            Debt
under Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging interest rate,
commodity or currency risk in the ordinary course of the financial management
of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes;

 

(g)           Debt
in connection with one or more banker’s acceptances, letters of credit, surety
or performance bonds or security deposits issued by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and for purposes customary in the
Company’s industry;

 

(h)           Debt
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date, other
than Debt under the Notes and the Senior Credit Facility;

 

(i)            Debt
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount (or
accreted value or liquidation preference, as applicable) outstanding at any one
time and Incurred pursuant to this clause (i) not to exceed $150.0
million;

 

(j)            in
addition to the Debt that may be Incurred under clause (b) of this
definition, the Incurrence of Debt by one or more Foreign Restricted
Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as
applicable) at any time outstanding (together with all Permitted Refinancing
Debt Incurred and then outstanding in respect of Debt previously Incurred
pursuant to this clause (j)) not to exceed 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible
Foreign Assets, provided that;

 

(1)           no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would be
caused by such Incurrence of Debt, and

 

(2)           such
Debt shall be used solely:

 

(A)          to fund the working
capital or used for general corporate purposes of such Foreign Restricted
Subsidiary; or

 

26

 

(B)           to pay dividends or
any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock or pay any Debt
or other obligation owed, or make any loans or advances, in each case, to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(k)           the
Guarantee by the Company of Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary or the Guarantee
(given substantially concurrent with the Incurrence of Debt being Guaranteed)
by a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, in each case with respect to Debt that is permitted
to be Incurred by Section 1008 or this definition of Permitted Debt;

 

(l)            Debt
Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed $50.0 million
and that is secured by a mortgage on the Office Campus;

 

(m)          Permitted
Refinancing Debt Incurred in respect of Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (a)(1) of Section 1008 and clauses (a), (c), (e), (h), (j) and
(l) of this definition and this clause (m).

 

“Permitted
Investment” means any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
in:

 

(a)           the Company;

 

(b)           any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that will, upon the
making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary, provided
that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted
Business;

 

(c)           any
Person if as a result of such Investment such Person is merged or consolidated
with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its Property to,
or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Person’s primary business is a Permitted
Business;

 

(d)           cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(e)           Investments
(i) of the types specified in the definition of Cash Equivalents but which
mature on dates up to three years from the date of acquisition and (ii)
consisting of corporate obligations with long-term ratings of A or better from
S&P and A2 or better from Moody’s, having maturities of not more than
twelve months from the date of acquisition, so long as the aggregate value of
the Investments described in clauses (i) and (ii) does not exceed 20% of the
value of cash and short-term investments and long-term investments of the types
described in the definition of Cash Equivalents and this clause (e), in each
case as shown on the Company’s most recent balance sheet that has been made
publicly available;

 

(f)            receivables owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or
dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms (and Investments
obtained in exchange for or settlement of accounts receivable for which the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has determined that collection is 

 

27

 

not likely);
provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade
terms as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances;

 

(g)           commission,
entertainment, relocation, payroll, travel and similar advances to cover
matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated
as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of
business;

 

(h)           loans
and advances to, or Guarantees of third party loans to, employees, directors
and officers made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and in compliance with
applicable laws, provided that such loans and
advances in the aggregate do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time
outstanding;

 

(i)            any acquisition of Property solely in exchange for the
issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or the transfer on a
non-exclusive basis of intellectual property or know-how of the Company;

 

(j)            any
Investment received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of
business and owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction
of judgments, including pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar
arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer
or consideration received in settlement of litigation claims in tort,
bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership or insolvency or otherwise;

 

(k)           any Person to the extent such Investment represents the
non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale
consummated in compliance with Section 1013;

 

(l)            Hedging
Obligations permitted under Section 1008;

 

(m)          prepaid expenses and negotiable instruments held for
collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)           lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and
other similar deposits arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)           Investments
existing as of the Issue Date and Investments purchased or received in exchange
for such Investments, provided that
any additional consideration provided by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such exchange shall be not be permitted pursuant to this clause
(o);

 

(p)           loans or advances to customers in the ordinary course of
business;

 

(q)           any
Person engaged in a Permitted Business, provided that
such Investments in the aggregate do not exceed 10% of Total Assets at any one
time outstanding; and

 

(r)            the Original Notes, the Exchange Notes, the Additional Notes
and the Notes Guarantees.

 

28

 

“Permitted
Joint Venture” means any Person that is, directly or indirectly, engaged
principally in a Permitted Business, and the Capital Stock (or securities
convertible into Capital Stock) of which is owned by the Company and one or
more Persons other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

 

“Permitted
Junior Securities” means:

 

(a)           Capital Stock in the Company or any
Notes Guarantor; or

 

(b)           debt
securities (including debt securities that are issued in exchange for Senior
Debt) that are subordinated to all Senior Debt to substantially the same extent
that, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Notes Guarantees are
subordinated to Senior Debt and that have a Stated Maturity after (and do not
provide for scheduled principal payments prior to) the Stated Maturity of any
Senior Debt;

 

provided, however, that, if such Capital Stock or debt securities
are distributed in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, such Capital Stock or
debt securities are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization consented
to by each class of Designated Senior Debt.

 

“Permitted
Liens” means:

 

(a)           Liens
on any assets to secure Debt permitted to be Incurred
pursuant to Section 1008 under clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted
Debt” and other Obligations related thereto;

 

(b)           Liens
to secure Debt permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 1008 under
clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and other Obligations related
thereto, Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt (and
other Obligations related thereto) where the aggregate principal amount of such
Debt at any time outstanding shall not exceed 10.0% of Total Assets, provided that, in each case, any such Lien
may not extend to any Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
other than the Property acquired, constructed, improved or leased with the
proceeds of such Debt and any additions, parts, attachments, fixtures,
leasehold improvements, proceeds, improvements or accessions related thereto;

 

(c)           Liens
for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the Property of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be
delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings, provided
that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

 

(d)           Liens
imposed by law or arising by operation of law, including without limitation,
landlords’, mailmen’s, suppliers’, vendors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and
mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, Liens for master’s and crew’s wages
and other similar laws, on the Property of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and for payment
obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

29

 

(e)           Liens
on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the
ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect
to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds,
surety or appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a
manner consistent with industry practice;

 

(f)            Liens
on Property at the time the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired such
Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with
or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any
other Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens
shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the
transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Property was
acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(g)           Liens
on the Property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further,  however,
that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with
the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became
a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(h)           Liens
Incurred or pledges or deposits made by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or
similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders,
contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or
statutory obligations of the Company, or deposits for the payment of rent, in
each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)            utility easements, building restrictions and such other
encumbrances or charges against real Property as are of a nature generally
existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(j)            Liens
existing on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (i)
of this definition;

 

(k)           Liens
not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (j) of this definition on the
Property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Notes Guarantor to secure
any Debt permitted to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
Section 1008;

 

(l)            Liens
on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any
Refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in
clauses (a), (b), (f), (g), (j), (k), (o), (p), (t), (u), (x) and (y) of this
definition; provided, however,
that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same Property that
secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such
Property) and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such
Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

 

30

 

(1)           the outstanding
principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by
Liens described under clauses (a), (b), (f), (g), (j), (k), (o), (p), (t), (u),
(x) and (y) of this definition, as the case may be, at the time the original
Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture; and

 

(2)           an
amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and
defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with such Refinancing;

 

(m)          judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or Event of
Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal
proceedings that may have been initiated for the review of such judgment,
decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within
which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

(n)           Liens
upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Person’s obligations in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or
credited for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or
storage of such inventory or goods;

 

(o)           Liens
securing obligations of the Company under Hedging Obligations permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 1008 under clause (f) of
the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

 

(p)           Liens
securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit
that encumber cash, documents and other Property relating to such letters of
credit and proceeds thereof;

 

(q)           Liens
on assets leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary if such lease is
properly classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP or is a
Synthetic Lease of the Office Campus;

 

(r)            Liens
arising under consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the
ordinary course of business;

 

(s)           Liens
in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(t)            Liens
securing obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of
a Receivables Program, provided
that any such Lien will be limited to the Receivables Program Assets under such
Receivables Program;

 

(u)           Liens
on cash securing obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with or under a Synthetic Lease of the Office Campus;

 

(v)           Liens
in favor of the Company;

 

(w)          Liens
on Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

31

 

(x)            Liens
on the Office Campus to secure Debt permitted to be Incurred
pursuant to Section 1008 under clause (l) of the definition of “Permitted
Debt”;

 

(y)           Liens
securing other Debt not exceeding $10.0 million at any time outstanding; and

 

(z)            Liens
arising out of transactions relating to tax-planning strategies of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that all such transactions are between or among Restricted
Subsidiaries, the Company and any trustee, transfer agent or escrow agent
relating to such tax-planning strategies, or any combination of the foregoing
parties.

 

“Permitted
Refinancing Debt” means any Debt that Refinances
any other Debt, including any successive Refinancings, so long as:

 

(a)           such Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if
Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess
of the sum of:

 

(1)           the
aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the
aggregate accreted value) and all accrued interest then outstanding of the Debt
being Refinanced; and

 

(2)           an
amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and
defeasance costs, related to such Refinancing;

 

(b)           the Average Life of such Debt is equal to or greater than
the Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced;

 

(c)           the Stated Maturity of such Debt is no earlier than the
Stated Maturity of the Debt being Refinanced; and

 

(d)           the
new Debt shall not be senior in right of payment to the Debt that is being
Refinanced, except that, in the case of any Debt that Refinances the
Convertible Debentures, such Debt may be senior in right of payment to the
Convertible Debentures, provided, that
such Debt is subordinated or pari passu in
right of payment to the Notes;

 

provided, however, that Permitted Refinancing Debt
shall not include:

 

(3)           Debt of a Subsidiary
that is not a Notes Guarantor that Refinances Debt of the Company or a Notes
Guarantor; or

 

(4)           Debt of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Person”
means any individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability
company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated
organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any
other entity.

 

32

 

“Predecessor
Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a
portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for
the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under
Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

 

“Preferred
Stock” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which
entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of
dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other
class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.

 

“Preferred
Stock Dividends” means all dividends (other than dividends paid in Capital
Stock of the Company) made with respect to Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary.  The amount of any
such dividend shall be equal to the quotient of such dividend divided by the
difference between one and the maximum statutory federal income rate (expressed
as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer of such
Preferred Stock.

 

“Prepayment
Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1013(d).

 

“pro forma” means, with respect to any
calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture, a calculation performed in accordance with Article Eleven of
Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as interpreted in good
faith by an Officer, or otherwise a calculation made in good faith by an
Officer after consultation with the independent certified public accountants of
the Company.

 

“Property”
means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of
property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible,
including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person.  For purposes of any calculation required
pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall be its fair market
value.

 

“Purchase
Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement dated February 16, 2005 between the
Company, the Guarantors named therein and the Purchasers.

 

“Purchase
Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1013(d).

 

“Purchase
Money Debt” means Debt:

 

(a)           consisting
of the deferred purchase price of Property, conditional sale obligations,
obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money
obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds, in each
case where the maturity of such Debt does not exceed the anticipated useful
life of the Property being financed; or

 

(b)           Incurred
to finance all or any part of the purchase price or cost of an acquisition,
construction improvement, installation or lease by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of Property used in the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including additions and improvements thereto;

 

33

 

provided, however, that such Debt is Incurred within 180
days after the acquisition, construction, improvement, installation or lease of
such Property by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Purchase
Price” has the meaning specified in Section 1013(d).

 

“Purchasers”
means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated, KeyBanc
Capital Markets, a division of McDonald Investments Inc., Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co.

 

“Rating
Agency” means Moody’s and S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate
the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, then in place of that
entity, any other securities rating organization nationally recognized in the
United States and selected by the Company as a replacement agent).

 

“Receivables
Program” means, with respect to any Person, an agreement or other
arrangement or program providing for the advance of funds to such Person
against the pledge, contribution, sale or other transfer or encumbrances of
Receivables Program Assets of such Person or such Person and/or one or more of
its Subsidiaries.

 

“Receivables
Program Assets” means all of the following Property and interests in
Property, including any undivided interest in any pool of any such Property or
interests, whether now existing or existing in the future or hereafter arising
or acquired:

 

(a)           accounts (as defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code or any similar or equivalent legislation as in effect in any
applicable jurisdiction);

 

(b)           accounts
receivable, general intangibles, instruments, contract rights, documents and
chattel paper (including, without limitation, all rights to payment created by
or arising from sales of goods, leases of goods or the rendition of services,
no matter how evidenced, whether or not earned by performance);

 

(c)           all unpaid sellers’ or lessors’ rights (including, without
limitation, rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit) relating
to any of the foregoing or arising therefrom;

 

(d)           all rights to any goods or merchandise represented by any of
the foregoing;

 

(e)           all reserves and credit balances with respect to any such
accounts receivable or account debtors;

 

(f)            all letters of credit, security or Guarantees of any of the
foregoing;

 

(g)           all insurance policies or reports relating to any of the
foregoing;

 

(h)           all collection or deposit accounts relating to any of the
foregoing;

 

34

 

(i)            all books and records relating to any of the foregoing;

 

(j)            all instruments, contract rights, chattel paper, documents
and general intangibles relating to any of the foregoing; and

 

(k)           all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

“Redemption
Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole or in
part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this
Indenture.

 

“Redemption
Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole or in
part, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Reference
Treasury Dealer” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Banc of America
Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
their respective successors; provided,
however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary
U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury
Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury
Dealer.

 

“Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury
Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Independent
Investment Banker, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue
(expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in
writing to the Independent Investment Banker by such Reference Treasury Dealer
at 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

 

“Refinance”
means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend,
modify, supplement, restructure, replace, refund or Repay, or to issue other
Debt, in exchange or replacement for, such Debt.  “Refinanced” and “Refinancing”
shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Registration
Rights Agreement” means the exchange and registration rights agreement
dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Notes Guarantors named
therein and the Purchasers, and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or
more registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company and the other
parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of
Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional
Notes for registered Notes, under the Securities Act.

 

“Registration
Statement” means the registration statement(s) as defined and described in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Regular
Record Date” has the meaning specified in the form of Note attached as
Exhibit A.

 

“Regulation
S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

35

 

“Regulation
S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit B attached to this Indenture.

 

“Regulation
S Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 201.

 

“Regulation
S Legend” means a legend substantially in the form of the legend required
in the form of Note set forth in Section 202 to be placed upon a Regulation S
Note.

 

“Regulation
S Note” means a Note that is required pursuant to Section 305(c) of
this Indenture to bear a Regulation S Legend and that is a restricted security
within the meaning of Rule 144. 
Such term includes the Regulation S Global Note.

 

“Repay”
means, in respect of any Debt, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally
defease or otherwise retire such Debt.  “Repayment”
and “Repaid” shall have correlative meanings.  For purposes of Section 1013 and the
definition of “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio,” Debt shall be considered
to have been Repaid only to the extent the related loan commitment, if any,
shall have been permanently reduced in connection therewith.

 

“Representative”
means the trustee, agent or representative expressly authorized to act in such
capacity, if any, for an issue of Senior Debt.

 

“Responsible
Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer in the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and also means, with respect to a
particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is
referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject.

 

“Restricted
Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 201.

 

“Restricted
Notes” means a restricted security within the meaning of Rule 144 and all
Notes required pursuant to Section 305(c) to bear a Restricted Notes
Legend.  Such term includes the
Restricted Global Note.

 

“Restricted
Notes Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set forth
in Exhibit C.

 

“Restricted
Notes Legend” means a legend substantially in the form of the legend
required in the form of Note set forth in Section 202 to be placed upon a
Restricted Note.

 

“Restricted
Payment” means:

 

(a)           any
dividend or distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other Property)
declared or paid on or with respect to any shares of Capital Stock of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any such payment in connection
with any merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary), except for any dividend or distribution that is made solely to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such
Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis
or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would 

 

36

 

receive on a pro rata basis) or any dividend or distribution payable
solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company;

 

(b)           the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company (other than from a
Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(c)           the
purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value, prior to
the earliest of the Stated Maturity or the date for any sinking fund or
amortization or other installment payment, of any Subordinated Debt (other than
the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of any
Subordinated Debt purchased in anticipation of satisfying a payment at the
earliest of the Stated Maturity, or the date of any sinking fund or
amortization or other installment obligation, in each case due within one year
of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement); or

 

(d)           any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any
Person.

 

“restricted security” has the meaning set forth
in Section 305.

 

“Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

 

“Restructuring
Plans” means each of the restructuring plans of the Company and its
Subsidiaries as announced by the Company on (1) October 29, 2002 in the
Company’s press release and earnings conference call relating to its fourth
quarter ended September 28, 2002 and year-end results for fiscal 2002 and
(2) July 10, 2004 in the Company’s press release and earnings call relating to
its third quarter ended June 26, 2004.

 

“Rule
144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule
144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule
144A Notes” means (i) in the case of the Original Notes, the Notes purchased
by the Purchasers from the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, other
than the Regulation S Notes, and (ii) in the case of Additional Notes, any
Additional Notes purchased from the Company for resale pursuant to
Rule 144A.

 

“S&P”
means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service or any successor to the rating
agency business thereof.

 

“Sale
and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement
relating to Property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary transfers such Property to another Person and the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.  Neither a transaction solely between the
Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company, nor a sale and leaseback transaction that is
consummated within 180 days after the purchase of the assets subject to such
transaction, shall be considered a Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

37

 

“Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and
(unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of
the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Securities
Act Legend” means a Restricted Notes Legend or a Regulation S Legend.

 

“Senior
Credit Facility” means that $500.0 million revolving credit facility
entered into among, inter alia,
the Company, the Notes Guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto,
Citibank N.A., as Initial Issuing Bank, Banc of America Securities LLC, as
Syndication Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Banc of America Securities
LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Co-Documentation Agents, and Citicorp, USA, Inc.,
as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent, including any
related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and documentation and
Guarantees and any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing,
as any or all of such agreements (or any other agreement that Refinances any or
all of such agreements or any of the foregoing other agreements) may be
amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, or renewed,
refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, Repaid or extended from time to
time, whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents and lenders
or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or one
or more other credit agreements or otherwise.

 

“Senior
Debt” means:

 

(a)           all
obligations consisting of the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and
unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or
not such post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of:

 

(1)           Debt of the Company
for borrowed money; and

 

(2)           Debt of the Company
evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments permitted
under this Indenture for the payment of which the Company is responsible or
liable;

 

(b)           all Capital Lease Obligations of the Company and all
Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by
the Company;

 

(c)           all obligations of the Company:

 

(1)           for the
reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or
similar credit transaction;

 

(2)           under Hedging
Obligations; or

 

38

 

(3)           issued or assumed as
the deferred purchase price of Property and all conditional sale obligations of
the Company and all obligations under any title retention agreement permitted
under this Indenture; and

 

(d)           all obligations of other Persons of the type referred to in
clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition for the payment of which the
Company is responsible or liable as Guarantor;

 

provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not
include:

 

(1)           Debt of the Company
that is by its terms subordinate or pari passu in
right of payment to the Notes, including any Subordinated Debt or any Senior
Subordinated Debt;

 

(2)           any
Debt Incurred in violation of the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(3)           accounts payable or
any other obligations of the Company to trade creditors created or assumed by
the Company in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining
of materials or services (including Guarantees thereof or instruments
evidencing such liabilities);

 

(4)           any
liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the
Company;

 

(5)           any
obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary; or

 

(6)           any
obligations with respect to any Capital Stock of the Company.

 

“Senior Debt” of any Notes Guarantor has a
correlative meaning to the definition of “Senior Debt.”

 

“Senior
Subordinated Debt” of the Company means the Notes and any other
subordinated Debt of the Company that specifically provides that such Debt is
to rank pari passu with the Notes and is not
subordinated by its terms to any other Subordinated Debt or other obligation of
the Company which is not Senior Debt.  “Senior
Subordinated Debt” of any Notes Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

 

“Shelf
Registration Statement” has the meaning specified in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

 

“Significant
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary”
of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated
by the Commission.  In no event shall an
Unrestricted Subsidiary be considered a Significant Subsidiary for purposes of
this definition.

 

“Special
Interest” has the meaning described in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

39

 

“Special
Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed
by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

 

“Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such
security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security
is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption or
repurchase provision (but excluding any provision providing for the redemption
or repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such
contingency has occurred). 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the Zero Coupon
Debentures, the Stated Maturity shall be September 12, 2005, which is the first
date on which the holders of such Zero Coupon Debentures have the right to
require the Company to purchase the Zero Coupon Debentures.

 

“Subordinated
Debt” means any Debt of the Company or any Notes Guarantor (whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or
junior in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Notes Guaranty, as
the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.  No Debt of the Company or a Notes Guarantor
shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the
Company or such Notes Guarantor solely by virtue of any Liens, Guarantees, maturity of payments or structural subordination.

 

“Subsidiary”
means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any
limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture or other
business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(a)           such Person;

 

(b)           such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or

 

(c)           one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Successor
Note” of any particular Note means every Note issued after, and evidencing
all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by, such particular Note;
and for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered
under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

 

“Surviving
Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 801.

 

“Suspended
Covenants” has the meaning specified in Section 1023.

 

“Suspension
Period” means any period or periods beginning on the date of a Fall-Away
Event and ending on the earlier of (A) the date one or both Rating Agencies
withdraw their ratings or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below
Investment Grade Ratings or (B) the date on which a Default or Event of Default
occurs and is continuing.

 

40

 

“Synthetic
Lease” means an agreement for the use or possession of property creating
obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which,
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is characterized as the indebtedness of
such Person (without regard to accounting treatment) and any related documents
including any refinancings, extensions, renewals, defeasance, amendments,
modifications, supplements, restructuring, replacements, refundings,
repayments, payments, purchases, redemptions or retirements, or the entering
into of other such leases or agreements, in exchange or replacement for, such
agreement or lease.

 

“Total
Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that would
appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries as the total assets.

 

“Treasury
Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal
to the yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, compounded
semi-annually, assuming a price for such Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed
as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price
for such redemption date.

 

“Trust
Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the
date as of which this instrument was executed, except as provided in Section
905; provided, however, that, in
the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust
Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 

“Trustee”
means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first subsection of this
instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean
such successor Trustee.

 

“United
States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America (including the
States thereof and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions
and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

“Unregistered
Senior Debt” means any Senior Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary that
was issued in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act or which
the Company has not agreed to register the resale of, or exchange for, Senior
Debt in a transaction registered under the Securities Act.

 

“Unrestricted
Notes Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set forth
in Exhibit D.

 

“Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the
Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board
Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary at the time of such
designation:

 

(a)           is
a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted
Subsidiary has an obligation to (1) subscribe for additional Capital Stock or
(2) maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such
Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

41

 

(b)           has no Debt other than Debt:

 

(1)           as to which neither
the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) provides credit support
of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Debt), (B) is directly or indirectly liable as a Guarantor or
otherwise, or (C) constitutes the lender; provided,
however, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may loan, advance or
extend credit to, or Guarantee the Debt of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is
permitted under Sections 1008 and 1009;

 

(2)           no default with
respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to
take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon
notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Debt (other than the
Notes, the Notes Guarantees or any Guarantee permitted by the proviso to
paragraph (1) of this clause (b)) of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount greater than $50.0 million or its foreign
currency equivalent at the time, to declare a default on such other Debt or
cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity;
and

 

(3)           as to which the
lenders have been notified in writing or have otherwise agreed in writing that
they will not have any recourse to the stock or other Property of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, except for Debt that has been Guaranteed by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as permitted by the proviso to paragraph
(1) of this clause (b);

 

(c)           does not own any Capital Stock, or hold any Lien on any
Property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(d)           is
not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to be
obtained at the time from any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
preceding conditions and was permitted under Section 1009.  If at any time any Unrestricted Subsidiary
would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it
shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this
Indenture and any Debt of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary as of such date, and, if such Debt is not permitted to be Incurred
as of such date under the covenant described under Section 1008, the Company
shall be in default of such covenant. 
The Board of Directors may at any time designate an Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that (1) all Liens and Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding
immediately following such designation, would, if Incurred at such time, have
been permitted to 

 

42

 

be Incurred under this Indenture, and (2) no Default or
Event of Default would occur or be continuing following such designation.  The term “Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall also
include any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“U.S.
Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency
other than the U.S. dollar, at or as of any time for the determination thereof,
the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency
involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the
purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by
Reuters (or, if Reuters ceases to provide such spot quotations, by any other
reputable service as is providing such spot quotations, as selected by the
Company) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a day not more
than two business days prior to such determination.

 

“U.S.
Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of
America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of
which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and
which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

 

“U.S.
Person” has the meaning set forth in Rule 902(k) under the Securities
Act.

 

“Vice
President,” when used with respect to the Company, means any vice
president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added
before or after the title “vice president.”

 

“Voting
Stock” of any Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests
(including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

“Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary,
all the Capital Stock of which (except director’s qualifying shares or shares
required by applicable law to be held by third persons) is at such time owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Company and its other Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries.

 

“Zero
Coupon Debentures” means the Zero Coupon Convertible Subordinated
Debentures due 2020 of the Company.

 

SECTION 102.   Compliance Certificates
and Opinions.  

 

(a)           Upon
any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action
under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture
Act.  Each such certificate or opinion
shall be given in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, if to be given by an
officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel,
and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other
requirement set forth in this Indenture.

 

43

 

(b)                                 Every certificate or opinion
with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this
Indenture shall include (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee):

 

(1)                                  a
statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(2)                                  a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion
are based;

 

(3)                                  a statement that, in
the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (which, in the
case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers’
Certificate as to matters of fact); and

 

(4)                                  a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition
or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 103.   Form
of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

 

(a)                                  In any case where several
matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any
specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or
covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified
or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an
opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to
other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such
matters in one or several documents.

 

(b)                                 Any certificate or opinion of an
officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters,
upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such
officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the
certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon
which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or opinion of counsel
may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or
opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company,
unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know,
that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters
are erroneous.

 

(c)                                  Where any Person is required to
make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments
under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one
instrument.

 

SECTION 104.   Acts of Holders; Record
Date.

 

(a)                                  Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by
this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced
by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such
Holders in

 

44

 

person or by any agent
duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided,
such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are
delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Company.  The Trustee shall promptly
deliver to the Company copies of all such instruments delivered to the
Trustee.  Such instrument or instruments
(and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes
referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or
instruments.  Proof of execution of any
such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive
in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this
Section 104.

 

(b)                                 The fact and date of the
execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the
affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public
or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying
that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the
execution thereof.  Where such execution
is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such
certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any
such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee
deems sufficient.

 

(c)                                  The ownership of Notes
(including the principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Person,
and the date of holding the same) shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)                                 Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of
any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of
every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange
therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to
be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not
notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

(e)                                  The Company may set any day as a
record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes
entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture
to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes; provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and
the provisions of this subsection shall not apply with respect to, the
giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to
in subsection (f).  If not set by
the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in
respect of any such matter referred to in the foregoing sentence, the record
date for any such matter shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the
most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 701)
prior to such first solicitation.  If any
record date is set pursuant to this subsection, the Holders of Outstanding
Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the
relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record
date; provided that no such
action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable
Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding
Notes on such record date.  Nothing in
this subsection (e) shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting
a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been
set pursuant to this subsection (e) (whereupon the record date previously
set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no
effect), and nothing

 

45

 

in
this subsection shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken
by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date
such action is taken.  Promptly after any
record date is set pursuant to this subsection, the Company, at its own
expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders
and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to
each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 106.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee may set any day as a
record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes
entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any Notice of Default, (2) any
declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 502, (3) any request to
institute proceedings referred to in clause 507(a)(2)
or (4) any direction referred to in Section 512.  If any record date is set pursuant to this
subsection, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other
Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or
direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be
effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date
by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such
record date.  Nothing in this subsection shall
be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any
action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this subsection (whereupon
the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any
Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this subsection shall
be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite
principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken.
Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this subsection, the Trustee,
at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed
action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company
in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 106.

 

(g)                                 With respect to any record date
set pursuant to this Section 104, the party hereto which sets such record
date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to
time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be
effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the
other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 106,
on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. 
If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date
set pursuant to this Section 104, the party hereto which set such record
date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such
record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right
to change the Expiration Date as provided in this subsection.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration
Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

 

(h)                                 Without limiting the foregoing
provisions, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with
regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the
principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of
which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of
such principal amount.

 

SECTION 105.   Notices, Etc., to
Trustee and Company.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by
this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

46

 

(a)                                  the Trustee by any Holder or by the
Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given,
furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust
Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Department.

 

(b)                                 the Company by the Trustee or by
any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise
herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage
prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office
specified in the Recitals to this Indenture or at any other address previously
furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

 

SECTION 106.   Notice to Holders; Waiver.

 

(a)                                  Where this Indenture provides
for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given
(unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class
postage prepaid, or delivered by hand or overnight courier, to each Holder
affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Note Register, not
later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if
any), prescribed for the giving of such notice, with a copy to Trustee at the
same time, and delivered to the Trustee in the manner provided in clause (a) of
Section 105.  In any case where
notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail or deliver by
hand or overnight courier such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed
or delivered by hand or overnight courier, to any particular Holder shall
affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.  Where this Indenture provides for notice in
any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to
receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be
the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers
of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not
be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon
such waiver.

 

(b)                                 In case by reason of the
suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be
impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be
made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient
notification for every purpose hereunder.

 

SECTION 107.   Conflict with Trust
Indenture Act.

 

Until such time as this Indenture shall be qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act, this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee
shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be subject to and governed by the
Trust Indenture Act to the same extent as would be the case if this Indenture
were so qualified on the date hereof.  If
any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the
Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern
this Indenture, the latter provision shall control.  If any provision of this Indenture modifies
or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or
excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so
modified or excluded, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 108.   Effect of Headings and
Table of Contents.

 

The Article and Section headings herein and
the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

 

47

 

SECTION 109.   Successors and Assigns.

 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the
Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

SECTION 110.   Separability Clause.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the
Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 111.   Benefits of Indenture.

 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying
Agent, any Notes Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of
Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this
Indenture.

 

SECTION 112.   Governing Law.

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND EACH NOTATION OF A
NOTES GUARANTY DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 1202 SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 113.   Legal Holidays.

 

In any case where any Interest Payment Date,
Redemption Date, Purchase Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a
Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of
the Notes) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be
made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the
same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date
or Purchase Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided
that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest
Payment Date, Redemption Date or Purchase Date or Stated Maturity, as the case
may be if and to the extent the required payment is made on the next succeeding
Business Day.

 

SECTION 114.   Indenture and
Securities Solely Corporate Obligations.

 

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, or for any claim based thereon or
otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation,
covenant or agreement of the Company or the Notes Guarantors in this Indenture
or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note or Notes Guarantee, or because
of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against
any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer, or director or
subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or the Notes
Guarantors or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the
Company or the Notes Guarantors or any successor corporation, whether by virtue
of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any
assessment or penalty or

 

48

 

otherwise;
it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly
waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the
execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes and Notes Guarantees.

 

SECTION 115.   Counterparts.

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be original; but such counterparts shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

ARTICLE TWO

NOTE FORMS

 

SECTION 201.   Forms Generally.

 

(a)                                  The Notes and the Trustee’s
certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto, the terms of which are incorporated in and made a part of this
Indenture.  The Exchange Notes shall be
in the same form as the Notes, but shall not include the legend in the first
paragraph of Section 202 and shall not be subject to the transfer
restrictions set forth in Section 305(b)(2).  Each Note shall include the Notes Guarantee
in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, executed by the Notes Guarantors
existing on the date of issuance of such Note, the terms of which are
incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture.  The Notes may have such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or
permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks
of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be
required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, any
organizational document or governing instrument or applicable law, or as may, consistently
herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by
their execution of the Notes.  Any
portion of the text of a Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an
appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

 

(b)                                 The definitive Notes shall be
printed or produced in any other manner, provided
that such manner is permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which
the Notes may be listed, all as determined by the Officers executing such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

 

(c)                                  Upon their original issuance,
Rule 144A Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes
registered in the name of The Depositary Trust Company, a New York Corporation
(including its direct and indirect participants, “DTC”), as Depositary,
or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit
by DTC to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Notes represented
thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct).  Such Global Notes, together with their
Successor Notes (to the extent issued in the form of a Global Note other than
the Regulation S Global Note), are collectively herein called the “Restricted
Global Note”.  The aggregate
principal amount of the Restricted Global Note may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as
custodian for the Depositary, in connection with a corresponding decrease or
increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, as
provided in Section 305.

 

49

 

(d)                                 Upon their original issuance,
Regulation S Notes (herein called the “Regulation S Global Note”) shall
be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes registered in the name of
DTC, as Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee at its
Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for DTC, for credit by DTC to the
respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Notes represented thereby (or
such other accounts as such beneficial owners may direct) in accordance with
the rules thereof.  The aggregate
principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as
custodian for the Depositary, in connection with a corresponding decrease or
increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Note, as
provided in Section 305.

 

(e)                                  Beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear and Clearstream
until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period as provided in Section 305(b)(2)(D).

 

SECTION 202.   Restrictive Legends.

 

[Include if Note is
a Restricted Note or a Regulation S Note - THIS NOTE AND THE
ASSOCIATED GUARANTEES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2)
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO
AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER
JURISDICTIONS.]

 

[Include if Note is
a Global Note - THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE
MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME
OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. 
THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY
REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE
REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE
THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.]

 

[Include if Note is
a Global Note and The Depository Trust Company is the Depositary - UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED

 

50

 

REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (INCLUDING ITS DIRECT ANY
INDIRECT PARTICIPANTS, “DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE
NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH
OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 301.   Title and Terms.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of
this Indenture and applicable law, the aggregate principal amount of Notes
which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is
unlimited.  The Company may issue
Exchange Notes from time to time pursuant to an exchange offer, in each case
pursuant to a Board Resolution and subject to Section 303, in authorized
denominations in exchange for a like principal amount of Original Notes and
Additional Notes, if any.  Upon any such
exchange, the Original Notes shall be cancelled in accordance with Section 309
and shall no longer be deemed Outstanding for any purpose.  The Company may from time to time issue
Additional Notes pursuant to a Board Resolution and subject to Section 312.

 

(b)                                 The Notes (including Additional
Notes) shall be known and designated as the “63⁄4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due
2013” of the Company.  Their final
maturity date shall be March 1, 2013 and they shall bear interest at the
rate of 63⁄4 % per annum, from February 24, 2005, or from the most recent
Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, as
the case may be, regardless of when issued, payable semi-annually in arrears on
March 1 and September 1, commencing September 1, 2005, until the
principal thereof is paid or made available for payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Special
Interest shall be payable on the Notes under the circumstances and in the
manner specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.  Accrued Special Interest, if any, shall be
paid in cash in arrears semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of
each year.  Whenever in this Indenture
there is mentioned, in any context, interest on, or in respect of, any Note,
such mention shall be deemed to include mention of Special Interest to the
extent that, in such context, Special Interest is, was or would be accrued or
payable in respect thereof and express mention of Special Interest in any
provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Special Interest in those
provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

(c)                                  The principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of
the Company in The City of New York, New York, maintained for such purpose or
at any other office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose (which
shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee); provided, however, that at the option of
the Company interest may be paid (1) by check mailed to the address of the
Person entitled

 

51

 

thereto
as such address shall appear in the Note Register or (2) by wire transfer to an
account located in the United States maintained by the payee.

 

(d)                                 Holders shall have the right to
require the Company to purchase their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event
of a Change of Control pursuant to Section 1015.  The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by
the Company pursuant to a Prepayment Offer as provided in Sections 1013.

 

(e)                                  The Notes shall be redeemable as
provided in Article Eleven and in the Notes.

 

(f)                                    The due and punctual payment of
principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes payable by the
Company is irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth
herein, by each of the Notes Guarantors.

 

(g)                                 The Notes shall be subject to
defeasance at the option of the Company as provided in Article Thirteen.

 

(h)                                 The Notes do not have the
benefit of any sinking fund obligation.

 

(i)                                     Unless the context otherwise
requires, the Original Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall
constitute one class and series of securities for all purposes under this
Indenture, including with respect to any amendment, waiver, acceleration or
other Act of Holders or, redemption, Prepayment Offer or Change of Control
Offer.

 

SECTION 302.   Denominations.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form
without coupons and only in principal amounts of $1,000 at maturity and any
integral multiple thereof.

 

SECTION 303.   Execution,
Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

 

(a)                                  The Notes shall be executed on
behalf of the Company by any two of the Chairman of the Board, its Chief
Executive Officer, its President, its Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate
Secretary, any Vice President, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any
Assistant Treasurer.  The signature of
any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

 

(b)                                 Notes bearing the manual or
facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of
the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such
individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the
authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the
date of such Notes.

 

(c)                                  At any time and from time to
time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may
deliver Original Notes or Additional Notes (subject to Section 312)
executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a
Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Original Notes or
Additional Notes; and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent in accordance with
such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Original Notes or
Additional Notes as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.

 

52

 

(d)                                 At any time and from time to
time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture and after the
effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect
thereto, the Company may deliver Exchange Notes executed by the Company to the
Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the
authentication and delivery of such Exchange Notes and like principal amount of
Original Notes or Additional Notes for cancellation in accordance with Section 309,
and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and
deliver such Notes.  Each such Company
Order shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel stating in substance that
the issuance of such Exchange Notes have been duly authorized, executed and
delivered and are enforceable, and that the Company is duly incorporated and in
good standing, subject to customary exceptions and limitations.

 

(e)                                  Each Note shall be dated the
date of its authentication.

 

(f)                                    No Note shall be entitled to any
benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless
there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the
form provided for on the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, executed by
the Trustee or Authenticating Agent by manual or facsimile signature, and such
certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence,
that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

(g)                                 In the case of any transaction
that satisfies the requirements of Section 801 in which the Company is not
the Surviving Person, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such
transaction may, from time to time, at the request of the Surviving Person, be
exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the Surviving Person with
such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in
substance of like tenor as the Note surrendered for such exchange and of like
principal amount; and the Trustee upon Company Order of the Surviving Person,
shall authenticate and deliver replacement Notes as specified in such request
for the purpose of such exchange.  If
replacement Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new
name of a Surviving Person pursuant to this Section 303 in exchange or
substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such Surviving
Person, at the option of any Holder but without expense to such Holder, shall
provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding held by such
Holder for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

 

SECTION 304.   Temporary Notes.

 

(a)                                  Pending the preparation of
definitive Notes, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee
or Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which
are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in
any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes
in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions,
omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Note
may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

 

(b)                                 If temporary Notes are issued,
the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable
delay.  After the preparation of definitive
Notes, the temporary

 

53

 

Notes shall be
exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any
office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 1002,
without charge to the Holder.  Upon
surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Company shall
execute and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver
in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized
denominations.  Until so exchanged the
temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under
this Indenture as definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 305.   Registration,
Registration of Transfer and Exchange Generally; Certain Transfers and
Exchanges; Securities Act Legend.

 

(a)                                  General Provisions Regarding
Registration and Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

 

(1)                                  The Notes are
issuable only in registered form.  The
Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a
register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or
agency designated pursuant to Section 1002 being herein sometimes
collectively referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to
such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for
the registration of Notes and of transfers and exchanges of Notes.  The Note Register will be in written form or
any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable
time.  The Trustee is hereby appointed “Note
Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers and exchanges
of Notes as herein provided.  Such Note
Register shall distinguish between Original Notes, Additional Notes and
Exchange Notes.

 

(2)                                  Subject to the other
provisions of this Indenture regarding restrictions on transfer, upon surrender
for registration of transfer of any Note at an office or agency of the Company
designated pursuant to Section 1002 for such purpose, the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and
deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more
new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal
amount bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.

 

(3)                                  At the option of the
Holder, and subject to the other provisions of this Section 305, Notes may
be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like
aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be
required hereunder, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office
or agency.  Whenever any Notes are so
surrendered for exchange, and subject to the other provisions of this Section 305,
the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent shall
authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.

 

(4)                                  All Notes issued upon
any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Company, evidencing the same Debt,

 

54

 

and (except for
the differences between Original Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
provided for in this Indenture) entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or
exchange.

 

(5)                                  Every Note presented
or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so
required by the Company or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

(6)                                  No service charge
shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304,
906 or 1108 or in accordance with any Prepayment Offer pursuant to Section 1013
or a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 1015, not involving any
transfer.

 

(7)                                  The Company and the
Trustee shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or
exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days
before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for
redemption under Section 1104 and ending at the close of business on the
day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note
so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(8)                                  No exchange of
Original Notes or Additional Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until a
Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and remains effective at the
time of such exchange of such Original Notes or Additional Notes for Exchange
Notes and any Notes that are exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by
the Trustee.

 

(b)                                 Certain Transfers and Exchanges

 

(1)                                  Notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, transfers and exchanges of
Notes and beneficial interests in a Global Note of the kinds specified in this
subsection 305(b) shall be made only in accordance with this subsection 305(b).  Transfers and exchanges subject to this subsection 305(b)
shall also be subject to the other provisions of this Indenture that are not
inconsistent with this subsection 305(b).

 

(2)                                  Unless and until (A)
an Original Note is sold under an effective Registration Statement, or (B) an
Original Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective
Registration Statement, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
following provisions shall apply:

 

55

 

(A)                              Restricted Global Note
to Regulation S Global Note.  Subject
to Section 201(e), if the holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a Person who is
required or permitted to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in a Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected, subject
to the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream, in
each case to the extent applicable (the “Applicable Procedures”), only
in accordance with the provisions of this subclause 305(b)(2)(A).  Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Note
Registrar, of (as applicable) (A) written instructions given in accordance with
the Applicable Procedures from any member of, or direct participants in, the
Depositary (“Agent Members”) directing the Trustee to credit or cause to
be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account a beneficial interest in such
Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial
interest in the Restricted Global Note to be so transferred and debited, (B) a
written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing
information regarding the account of the Agent Member (and the Euroclear or
Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account
of the Agent Member to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (C) a
Regulation S Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto given
by the holder of such beneficial interest, the principal amount of such
Restricted Global Note shall be reduced, and the principal amount of such
Regulation S Global Note shall be increased, by the principal amount of the
beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to be so transferred, in each
case by means of an appropriate adjustment on the records of the Trustee, as
Note Registrar, and the Trustee, as Note Registrar, shall instruct the
Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment
to its records and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the
Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Agent Member for
Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in
the Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount so
transferred and debit or cause to be debited the Restricted Global Note.

 

(B)                                Regulation S Global
Note to Restricted Global Note. 
Subject to Section 201(e), if the holder of a beneficial interest
in Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a
Person who is required or permitted to take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, such transfer may be effected,
subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this
subclause 305(b)(2)(B), provided that
no transfers from a Regulation S Global Note to a Restricted Global Note shall
be allowed during the Distribution Compliance Period.  Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Note
Registrar, of (as applicable) (A) written instructions given in accordance with
the Applicable Procedures from an Agent Member directing the Trustee to credit
or cause to be credited to a specified Agent Member’s

 

56

 

account a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note in a
principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in a Regulation S
Global Note to be so transferred and debited, (B) a written order given in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the
account of the Agent Member to be credited with, and the account of the Agent
Member (and, if applicable, the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case
may be) to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (C) a Restricted Notes
Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto given by the holder
of such beneficial interest, the principal amount of such Restricted Global
Note shall be increased, and the principal amount of such Regulation S Global
Note shall be decreased, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in
the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, in each case by means
of an appropriate adjustment on the records of the Trustee, as Note Registrar,
and the Trustee, as Note Registrar, shall instruct the Depositary or its
authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records and
to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in
such instructions a beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note having a
principal amount equal to the amount so transferred and debit or cause to be
debited the Regulation S Global Note.

 

(C)                                Exchanges between
Global Note and Non-Global Note. 
Subject to Section 201(e), a beneficial interest in a Global Note
may be exchanged for a Note that is not a Global Note as provided in this Section 305,
provided that, if such interest is a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note,
then such interest shall be exchanged for a Restricted Note or a
Regulation S Note, as the case may be (subject in each case to Section 305(c)).

 

(D)                               Regulation S Global
Note to be Held Through Euroclear or Clearstream during Distribution Compliance
Period.  The Company shall use its reasonable
efforts to cause the Depositary for the Regulation S Global Note to ensure that
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be held only in or
through accounts maintained at the Depositary by Euroclear or Clearstream (or
by Agent Members acting for the account thereof) until the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, and no person shall be entitled to effect any
transfer or exchange that would result in any such interest being held
otherwise than in or through such an account until the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period; provided that
this subclause 305(b)(2)(D) shall not prohibit any transfer or exchange of
such an interest in accordance with subclause 305(b)(2)(A) above.

 

(c)                                  Securities Act Legends.  Rule 144A Notes and their Successor
Notes shall bear a Restricted Notes Legend and Regulation S Notes and
their Successor Notes shall bear a Regulation S Legend, subject to the
following clauses (1) through (9) of this Section 305(c):

 

57

 

(1)                                  a
Note or any portion thereof which is exchanged, upon transfer or otherwise, for
a Global Note or any portion thereof shall bear the Securities Act Legend borne
by such Global Note while represented thereby;

 

(2)                                  a new Note which is
not a Global Note and is issued in exchange for another Note (including a
Global Note) or any portion thereof, upon transfer or otherwise, shall bear the
Securities Act Legend borne by such other Note, provided that, if such new Note is required pursuant to
subclause 305(b)(2)(C) to be issued in the form of a Restricted Note, it
shall bear a Restricted Notes Legend and if such new Note is so required to be
issued in the form of a Regulation S Note, it shall bear a Regulation S
Legend;

 

(3)                                  Notes that are sold
or otherwise disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act (including the Shelf Registration Statement) and Successor
Notes shall not bear a Securities Act Legend;

 

(4)                                  at any time after the
Notes may be freely transferred without registration under the Securities Act
or without being subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to the Securities
Act, a new Note which does not bear a Securities Act Legend may be issued in
exchange for or in lieu of a Note (other than a Global Note) or any portion
thereof which bears such a legend if the Trustee has received an Unrestricted
Notes Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto,
satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the Holder of such legended
Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and after such date and
receipt of such Unrestricted Notes Certificate, the Trustee or Authenticating
Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery such a new Note in
exchange for or in lieu of such other Note as provided in this Article Three,
provided that, the Trustee, if it
deems reasonably necessary or appropriate, may request an Opinion of Counsel in
connection therewith;

 

(5)                                  a new Note which does
not bear a Securities Act Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu of a
Note (other than a Global Note) or any portion thereof which bears such a
legend if, in the Company’s judgment, placing such a legend upon such new Note
is not necessary to ensure compliance with the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent, at the direction of
the Company, shall authenticate and deliver such a new Note as provided in this
Article Three, provided
that, the Trustee, if it deems reasonably necessary or appropriate, may request
an Opinion of Counsel in connection with such direction;

 

(6)                                  notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this Section 305(c), a Successor Note of a Note
that does not bear a particular form of Securities Act Legend shall not bear
such form of legend unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that
such Successor Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of
Rule 144, in which case the Trustee, at the direction of the Company,

 

58

 

shall
authenticate and deliver a new Note bearing a Restricted Notes Legend in
exchange for such Successor Note as provided in this Article Three;

 

(7)                                  Exchange Notes and
their respective Successor Notes shall not bear a Securities Act Legend;

 

(8)                                  each Holder of a Note
agrees to indemnify the Trustee and Authenticating Agent against any liability
that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note
in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States
federal or state securities law; and

 

(9)                                  the Trustee and the
Authenticating Agent shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this
Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest
in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants
or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are
expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms
of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance
as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(d)                                 Provisions Applying to Global
Notes.  The provisions of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4)
and (5) of this subsection (d) shall apply only to Global Notes:

 

(1)                                  Each Global Note
authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the
Depositary designated by the Company or a nominee thereof and delivered to the
Trustee custodian therefor, and each such Global Note shall constitute a single
Note for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

(2)                                  Notwithstanding any
other provision in this Indenture or the Notes, no Global Note may be exchanged
in whole or in part for Notes, and no transfer of a Global Note in whole or in
part may be registered in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or a
nominee thereof unless (A) the Depositary (i) has notified the Company that it
is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (ii)
has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and in
either case the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depositary
within 90 days of such notice, or (B) there shall have occurred and be
continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note and the
Depositary has requested such transfer or exchange in writing.

 

(3)                                  If any Global Note is
to be exchanged for other Notes or cancelled in whole, it shall be surrendered
by or on behalf of the Depositary or its nominee to the Trustee, as Note
Registrar, for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article Three.  If any Global Note is to be exchanged for
other Notes or cancelled in part, or if another Note is to be exchanged in
whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, then either (A)
such Global Note shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as
provided in this Article Three or (B) 

 

59

 

the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount
equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or cancelled, or equal to the
principal amount of such other Note to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest
therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the
records of the Trustee, as Note Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized
representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records.  Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a
Global Note, the Trustee shall, subject to Section 305(b) and as otherwise
provided in this Article Three, authenticate and deliver any Notes
issuable in exchange for such Global Note (or any portion thereof) to or upon
the order of, and registered in such names as may be directed by, the
Depositary or its authorized representative. 
Upon the request of the Trustee in connection with the occurrence of any
of the events specified in the preceding paragraph, the Company shall promptly
make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Notes that are not in the
form of Global Notes.  The Trustee shall
be entitled to rely upon any order, direction or request of the Depositary or
its authorized representative which is given or made pursuant to this Article Three
if such order, direction or request is given or made in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures and in accordance with all applicable laws.

 

(4)                                  Every Note
authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange
for or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, whether pursuant to
this Article Three or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in
the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, unless such Note is registered in the
name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Note or a nominee
thereof.

 

(5)                                  The Depositary or its
nominee, as registered owner of a Global Note, shall be the Holder of such
Global Note for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes and owners of
beneficial interests in a Global Note shall hold such interests pursuant to the
Applicable Procedures.  Accordingly, any
such owner’s beneficial interest in a Global Note will be shown only on, and
the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records
maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Agent Members.

 

SECTION 306.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen
Notes.

 

(a)                                  If any mutilated Note is
surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note of like tenor and
principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding:

 

(1)                                  If there shall be
delivered to the Company and the Trustee (A) evidence to their satisfaction of
the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (B) such security or indemnity
as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them
harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that
such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute
and upon its request the Trustee or

 

60

 

Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any
such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal
amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; and

 

(2)                                  In case any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due
and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note,
pay such Note.

 

(b)                                 Upon the issuance of any new
Note under this Section 306, the Company may require the payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the
Trustee) connected therewith.

 

(c)                                  Every new Note issued pursuant
to this Section 306 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the
Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time
enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this
Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.

 

(d)                                 The provisions of this Section 306
are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and
remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen Notes.

 

SECTION 307.   Payment of Interest;
Interest Rights Preserved.

 

(a)                                  Interest on any Note which is
payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment
Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor
Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for
such interest.

 

(b)                                 Any interest on any Note which
is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest
Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease
to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of
having been such Holder on such date, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid
by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2)
of this subsection:

 

(1)                                  The Company may elect
to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the
Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of
business on a “Special Record Date” for the payment of such Defaulted
Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note
and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount
proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of
the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the
benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause
provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for

 

61

 

the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15
days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and
not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the
proposed payment.  The Trustee shall
promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at
the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such
Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class
postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address as it appears in the Note
Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such
Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed,
such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes
(or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business
on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to clause
(2) of this subsection.

 

(2)                                  The Company may make
payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent
with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be
listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after
notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to
this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee
in its reasonable judgment.

 

(c)                                  Subject to the foregoing
provisions of this Section 307, each Note delivered under this Indenture
upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other
Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue,
which were carried by such other Note.

 

SECTION 308.   Persons Deemed Owners.

 

Prior to due registration of any Note for transfer by
a Holder as provided in Section 305, the Company, the Trustee and any
agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such
Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307)
interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not
such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the
Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.  None of the Company, the Notes Guarantors,
the Trustee or any agent of the Company, the Notes Guarantors or the Trustee
shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a
Note in global form, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records
relating to such beneficial ownership interests.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect
to any Note in global form, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the
Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depositary
(or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Note in global form and
nothing herein shall impair, as between such Depositary and owners of
beneficial interests in such Note in global form, the operation of customary
practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary (or its
nominee) as a Holder of such Note in global form.

 

62

 

SECTION 309.   Cancellation.

 

All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption,
registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any Prepayment Offer
pursuant to Section 1013 or Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 1015
shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. 
The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee or Authenticating
Agent for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all
Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  If the Company shall so acquire any of the
Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or
satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the
same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.  No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or
in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section 309,
except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall
be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures and
certification of their disposal delivered to the Company unless by Company
Order the Company shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it.

 

SECTION 310.   Computation of Interest.

 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 311.   CUSIP Numbers.

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” or “ISIN”
numbers (if then generally in use) and the Trustee shall use CUSIP, or ISIN
numbers, as the case may be, in notices of redemption, exchange and other
notices to Holders as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or other notice and
that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on
the Notes, and any such redemption or notice shall not be affected by any
defect in or such omission of such numbers. 
The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in CUSIP, or
ISIN numbers for the Notes.

 

SECTION 312.   Issuance of Additional
Notes.

 

(a)                                  Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Notes issued the date
hereof may be created and issued from time to time by the Company without
notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a
single series with the Notes initially issued and shall have the same terms as
to status, redemption or otherwise as the Notes originally issued; provided, however, that the Company’s
ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Company’s compliance
with Section 1008.  Any Additional
Notes shall be issued pursuant to an indenture supplemental to this Indenture
specifying the amount of Additional Notes being issued.

 

(b)                                 At any time and from time to
time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may,
pursuant to a Board Resolution, deliver Additional Notes executed

 

63

 

by the Company to the Trustee or Authenticating Agent for
authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and
delivery of such Additional Notes, an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
issuance of such Additional Notes will not result in a breach or violation of
any of the covenants contained in this Indenture and that all conditions
precedent to such issuance, authentication and delivery of Additional Notes in
this Indenture have been fully complied with and satisfied, and the Trustee or
Authenticating Agent in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate
and deliver such Notes.  Prior to
authenticating such Additional Notes, and accepting any additional
responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Notes, the Trustee
and any Authenticating Agent shall be entitled to receive, if requested, and
(subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Opinion of Counsel stating in substance that the issuance of such Additional
Notes will not result in a breach or violation of any of the covenants
contained in this Indenture and as to the due authorization, execution and
delivery of the Additional Notes, the enforceability of the Additional Notes,
and the duly incorporated status and good standing of the Company, subject to
customary exceptions and carve-outs.

 

SECTION 313.   Designation of Notes as
Senior Debt.

 

The Notes are designated senior debt for purposes of
the Zero Coupon Debentures and the Company’s Guaranty of the 3% Convertible
Subordinated Notes Due 2007 issued by SCI Systems, Inc.  The Notes Guaranty by SCI Systems, Inc. is
designated senior debt for purposes of the 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes
Due 2007 issued by SCI Systems, Inc.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 401.   Satisfaction and
Discharge of Indenture.

 

(a)                                  This Indenture shall be
discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving
rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes herein expressly
provided for) as to all Outstanding Notes when:

 

(1)                                  either:

 

(A)                              all Notes theretofore
authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed,
lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306
and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust
or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the
Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)                                all
such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation:

 

(i)                                     have
become due and payable, or

 

64

 

(ii)                                  will
become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(iii)                               are
to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the
Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

 

and
the Company, in the case of subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii), has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust
solely for the benefit of the Holders an amount of cash or U.S. Government
Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amount as will be sufficient
without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the
entire Debt on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, for principal, and premium, if any, and accrued interest,
including Special Interest on such Notes, if any, to the date of such deposit
(in the case of Notes which have become due and payable), or to the Stated
Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(2)                                  no Default or Event
of Default under this Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing on the
date of the deposit pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (a)(1) of this Section 401, or shall occur as a result of
such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company
is a party or by which the Company is bound;

 

(3)                                  the
Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the
Company;

 

(4)                                  the Company has
delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money
and the U.S. Government Obligations, or both, toward the payment of the Notes
at the Stated Maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

 

(5)                                  the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, in each case stating that the Company has complied with all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to this Article Four, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607 and, if money
shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to paragraph (B) of clause
(a)(1) of this Section 401, the obligations of
the Trustee under Section 402 and clause (e) of Section 1003 shall
survive.

 

65

 

SECTION 402.   Application of Trust
Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of subsection (e) of Section 1003,
all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held
in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and
this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if
any) and interest, including Special Interest, if any, for whose payment such
money has been deposited with the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 501.   Events of Default.

 

(a)                                  “Event of Default,” wherever
used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for
such Event of Default and whether it be voluntary or involuntary or be effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court
or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)                                  failure
to make the payment of any interest, including Special Interest, on the Notes,
when the same becomes due and payable, and such failure continues for a period
of 30 days;

 

(2)                                  failure to make the
payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, any of the Notes when the
same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon acceleration,
redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise;

 

(3)                                  failure
by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Article Eight;

 

(4)                                  failure by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any other covenant or
agreement in the Notes or in this Indenture (other than a failure that is the
subject of subclauses (1), (2) or (3) of this subsection 501(a)) and
such failure continues for 30 days after written notice is given to the Company
as provided in clause (b) of this Section 501;

 

(5)                                  a default under any
Debt (other than Disqualified Stock with respect to which the sole remedy for
any default thereunder is a right to elect one or more additional members to
the board of directors of the issuer of the Disqualified Stock) by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in acceleration of the maturity of
such Debt, or failure to pay any such Debt at maturity and such defaulted
payment at maturity shall not have been made, waived or extended within the
applicable grace period related to any such payment default, in an aggregate
amount greater than $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the
time;

 

(6)                                  failure
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries that, individually or in the
aggregate, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay

 

66

 

final judgments
for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million (or
its foreign currency equivalent at the time) that shall not be waived,
satisfied or discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a
stay of enforcement shall not be in effect;

 

(7)                                  either
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries that, individually or in the
aggregate, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary:

 

(A)                              commences or commence a
voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law or any other case or proceeding to be
adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(B)                                consents or consent to
the entry of a decree or order for relief in an involuntary case or proceeding
against the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries that individually or in the
aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under any applicable U.S.
Federal or State, or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
other similar law;

 

(C)                                consents
or consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or
proceeding against the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries that individually
or in the aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

(D)                               files or file a petition
or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable U.S.
Federal or State, or other applicable law, or consent or consents to the filing
of such petition;

 

(E)                                 consents or consent to
the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or
Restricted Subsidiaries that individually or in the aggregate would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary or of substantially all of the property of such entity
or entities;

 

(F)                                 makes or make an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits or admit, as the case may
be, in writing of its inability to pay its or their debts generally as they
become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or Restricted
Subsidiaries that individually or in the aggregate would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action; and

 

(8)                                  the Notes Guarantees
provided by any of the Notes Guarantors that, individually or in the aggregate,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect
(other than in accordance with the terms of such Notes Guarantees) or any of
the Notes Guarantors that, individually or in the aggregate, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary deny or disaffirm their

 

67

 

obligations under
their Notes Guarantees (other than by reason of the release of a Notes
Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

(b)                                 A Default under clause (a)(4) of this Section 501 is not an Event of Default
under this Indenture until the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Company of the
Default, and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified
after receipt of such notice.  Such
notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such
notice is a “Notice of Default.”

 

(c)                                  The Company shall deliver to the
Trustee, within 30 days after the Company’s knowledge thereof, written notice
in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event that with the giving of
notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 502.   Acceleration of
Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default with
respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in subsection 501(a)(7)),
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less
than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare to
be immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to
the Trustee if given by Holders), the principal amount of all the Outstanding
Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the
date of acceleration.  If an Event of
Default specified in subsection 501(a)(7) shall occur, the principal
amount of all Outstanding Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date
of acceleration, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration
or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

(b)                                 At any time after such a
declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for
payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as provided in this
Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes, may, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee,
rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(1)                                  the
Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(A)                              all
overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes;

 

(B)                                the principal of (and
premium, if any) any Outstanding Notes which have become due otherwise than by
such declaration of acceleration (including any Notes required to have been
purchased on the Purchase Date pursuant to a Prepayment Offer or the Change of
Control Purchase Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer made by the
Company) and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest
thereon at the rate provided by the Outstanding Notes;

 

(C)                                to the extent that
payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate
provided by the Notes; and

 

68

 

 

(D)                               all sums paid or
advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

 

(2)                                  all Events of
Default, other than the non-payment of the principal, interest, and Special
Interest, if any, and premium on the Notes which have become due solely by such
declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

 

(c)                                  No such rescission shall affect
any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(d)                                 Subject to the provisions of
this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of
Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation
to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders shall have
offered to such Trustee reasonable indemnity. 
Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes
will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 503.   Collection of Debt and Suits for
Enforcement by Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The Company covenants that if:

 

(1)                                  default is made in
the payment of any interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and
payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days; or

 

(2)                                  default is made in
the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at the Stated
Maturity thereof or, with respect to any Note required to have been purchased
pursuant to a Prepayment Offer made by the Company, at the Purchase Date
thereof,

 

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to
the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount
then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and
interest, and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally
enforceable, interest on any overdue principal amount (and premium, if any) and
on any overdue interest, at the rate provided by the Notes, and, in addition
thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

(b)                                 If an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, subject to Section 512, the Trustee may in its
discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

69

 

SECTION 504.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

(a)                                  In case of any judicial
proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes,
including the Notes Guarantors), its property or its creditors, the Trustee
shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or
otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act
in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such
proceeding.  In particular, the Trustee
shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable
or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any
custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other
similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee
shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to
the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.  The provisions of this subsection (a)
shall be subject to Section 512.

 

(b)                                 No provision of this Indenture
shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept
or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder
thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 505.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without
Possession of Notes.

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture
or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding
relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be
brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of
judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be
for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has
been recovered.

 

SECTION 506.   Application of Money Collected.

 

Subject to Article Thirteen, any money collected
by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied, subject to
applicable law, in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the
Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal
(or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the
notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender
thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee
under Section 607;

 

SECOND:
To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and
premium, if any) and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes in
respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected,
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts
due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest
and Special Interest, if any, respectively; and

 

70

 

THIRD:
The balance, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto, including the Company,
the Notes Guarantors or any other obligors of the Notes, as their interests may
appear or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

SECTION 507.   Limitation on Suits and Remedies.

 

No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment
of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(a)                                  such Holder has previously given
written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(b)                                 the Holders of not less than 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made a
written request and offered reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to institute
proceedings or pursue remedies in respect of such Event of Default in its own
name as Trustee hereunder; and

 

(c)                                  no direction inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes,

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more
Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by
availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice
the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or
preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture,
except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of
all the Holders.

 

SECTION 508.   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive
Principal, Premium and Interest.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture,
any Holder shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to
receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307)
interest on such Note on the Stated Maturity expressed in such Note (or, in the
case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or in the case of Prepayment Offer
or Change of Control Offer made by the Company and required to be accepted as
to such Note, on the Purchase Date or Change of Control Purchase Date,
respectively) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 509.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any
proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such
proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been
determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such
case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Notes
Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively
to their former positions

 

71

 

hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of
the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had
been instituted.

 

SECTION 510.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes pursuant
to Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to
the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or
remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 511.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder
to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair
any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or
an acquiescence therein.  Every right and
remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders
may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by
the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 512.   Control by Holders.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee
or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that:

 

(a)                                  such direction shall not be in
conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture;

 

(b)                                 the Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such
direction;

 

(c)                                  the Trustee may refuse to follow
any such direction that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; and

 

(d)                                 the Trustee may refuse to follow
any such direction that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of Holders not joining in the giving of such
direction.

 

SECTION 513.   Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

(a)                                  The Holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may, by notice
to the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive any existing
Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences, except:

 

72

 

(1)                                  a Default or Event of
Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest
(including Special Interest, if any) on any Note (including any Note which is
required to have been purchased pursuant to a Prepayment Offer or Change of
Control Offer which has been made by the Company); or

 

(2)                                  a Default or Event of
Default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine
cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Note affected.

 

(b)                                 Upon any such waiver described
in subsection (a) of this Section 513, such Default shall cease to
exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been
cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; provided
that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default
or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 514.   Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy
under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in
such suit to file an undertaking to pay the reasonable costs of such suit, and
may assess reasonable costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and
to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that this Section 514 shall not be deemed to
authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an
assessment in any suit instituted by the Company, the Trustee or by any Holder
or group of Holders’ holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount
of the Outstanding Notes, or by a Holder pursuant to Section 508.

 

SECTION 515.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or
extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which
may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit
or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or
impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had
been enacted.

 

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 601.   Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

 

The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall
be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in
the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity

 

73

 

against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it.  Whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the
conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee
shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 601.

 

SECTION 602.   Notice of Defaults.

 

If any Default or any Event of Default occurs and is
continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is known to the Trustee, the
Trustee shall mail to each Holder, in the manner and to the extent provided in
the Trust Indenture Act, notice of the Default or Event of Default within 45
days after it occurs, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured; provided, however, that, except in the
case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice
if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust
committee of directors and/or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good
faith determines that the withholding of the notice is in the interest of the
Holders.

 

SECTION 603.   Certain Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)                                  Except during the continuance of
an Event of Default, the Trustee undertakes to perform such functions and
duties and only such functions and duties as are specifically set forth in this
Indenture, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee.  During
the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers under this Indenture vested in the Trustee under this Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person
would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own
affairs.  No provision of this Indenture
shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from its duties, except to the extent
permitted by the Trust Indenture Act. 
Subject to the provisions of Section 601, whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the
conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee
shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 603.

 

(b)                                 Subject to the Trust Indenture
Act and Section 601:

 

(1)                                  in the absence of bad
faith on its part, the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties;

 

(2)                                  any request or
direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a
Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors
may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

 

(3)                                  whenever in the
administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a
matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any
action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein

 

74

 

specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee may
consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon;

 

(5)                                  the Trustee shall be
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by
this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to
this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

(6)                                  the Trustee shall not
be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of
indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion,
may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it
may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry
or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

(7)                                  the Trustee may
execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder
either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not
be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or
attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and

 

(8)                                  the Trustee shall not
be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to
the Notes unless either (A) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge
of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or
Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company, any Notes
Guarantor or by any Holder.

 

(9)                                  No provision of this
Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct,
except that

 

(A)                              this clause (9) of
subsection (b) of this Section 603 shall not be construed to limit
the effect of subsection (b)(1) of this Section 603;

 

(B)                                the Trustee shall not
be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible
Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in
ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(C)                                the Trustee shall not
be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the

 

75

 

direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or
power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and

 

(D)                               no provision of this
Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have
reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(10)                            Whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the
conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee
shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 603.

 

SECTION 604.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance
of Notes.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except
the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements
of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their
correctness.  The Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the
Notes.  The Trustee shall not be
accountable for the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds
from the issuance of the Notes.  The
Trustee shall not have any responsibility or liability for any information
provided to Holders or any other Person, including without limitation in the
solicitation of any consent or waiver hereunder, or pursuant to any offering
documents, or pursuant to any Prepayment Offer.

 

SECTION 605.   May Hold Notes.

 

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying
Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual
or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to
Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights
it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note
Registrar or such other agent.  Subject
to the limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, nothing in this
Indenture shall prohibit the Trustee from becoming and acting as trustee or as
collateral agent under other indentures, under which other securities, or
certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Company
or any Notes Guarantor are outstanding in the same manner as if it were not
Trustee hereunder.

 

SECTION 606.   Money Held in Trust.

 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for
interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with
the Company.

 

SECTION 607.   Compensation and Reimbursement.

 

The Company agrees:

 

76

 

(a)                                  to pay to the Trustee from time
to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder
(which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(b)                                 except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable
expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in
accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable
compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel),
except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its
negligence or bad faith; and

 

(c)                                  to indemnify the Trustee for,
and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred
without negligence or bad faith on its part (subject to the provisions of
Sections 601 and 603), arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending
itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly
of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. 
Failure by the Trustee to notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 608.   Disqualification: Conflicting Interests.

 

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting
interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall
either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner
provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this
Indenture.

 

SECTION 609.   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which
shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act
as such and (together with its corporate Affiliates) has a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000.  If such
Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to
the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the
purposes of this Section 609, the combined capital and surplus of such
Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in
its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 609, it shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in
this Article Six.

 

SECTION 610.   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of
Successor.

 

(a)                                  No resignation or removal of the
Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall
become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee
under Section 611.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee may resign at any
time by giving written notice thereof to the Company.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor
Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the
giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

77

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may be removed at
any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

(d)                                 If at any time:

 

(1)                                  the Trustee shall
fail to comply with Section 608 after written request therefor by the
Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least
six months, or

 

(2)                                  the Trustee shall
cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after
written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

 

(3)                                  the Trustee shall
become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a
receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public
officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or
affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in any such case, (A) the Company by a Board
Resolution may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 514, any
Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may,
on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                  If the Trustee shall resign, be
removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the
office of Trustee for any cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall
promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or
the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes
delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so
appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the
successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.  If no successor Trustee shall
have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment
in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder
of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others
similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)                                    The Company shall give notice of
each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a
successor Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 106.  Each notice shall include the name of the
successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

SECTION 611.   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

 

(a)                                  Every successor Trustee
appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and
to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon
the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and
such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall
become

 

78

 

vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring
Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring
Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument
transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the
retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor
Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.  Upon request of any such successor Trustee,
the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly
vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and
trusts.

 

(b)                                 No successor Trustee shall
accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor
Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

SECTION 612.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or
Succession to Business.

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged
or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a
party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate
trust business of the Trustee (including the administration of the trust
created under this Indenture), shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this
Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the parties hereto.  In
case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee
then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such
authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so
authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself
authenticated such Notes.

 

SECTION 613.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Company.

 

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor
of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection
of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

 

SECTION 614.   Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may appoint an
Authenticating Agent or Agents which shall be authorized to act on behalf of
the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued upon original issue and upon exchange,
registration of transfer, partial conversion or partial redemption or pursuant
to Section 306, and Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the
benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes
as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. 
Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and
delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and
delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate
of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating
Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall
be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized
and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State
thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as
Authenticating Agent, having (together with its corporate Affiliates) a
combined capital and surplus of not less than

 

79

 

$50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or
State authority.  If such Authenticating
Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to
the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the
purposes of this Section 614, the combined capital and surplus of such
Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions to this Section 614,
such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect specified in this Section 614.

 

(b)                                 Any corporation into which an
Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of
an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided
such corporation shall otherwise be eligible under this Section 614,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

(c)                                  An Authenticating Agent may
resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the
Company.  The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice
thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation
or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent
shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 614,
the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be
acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in
the Note Register.  Any successor
Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder,
with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be
appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section 614.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee agrees to pay to
each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its
services under this Section 614, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be
reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 607.

 

(e)                                  If an appointment is made
pursuant to this Section 614, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in
addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative
certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

80

 

“This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

 

	
   

  	
  U.S. BANK
  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  As Trustee

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  As
  Authenticating Agent

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Authorized
  Signatory”

  

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

 

SECTION 701.   Company to Furnish Trustee Names and
Addresses of Holders.

 

If the Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the Company
will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

 

(a)                                  semi-annually, not more than 15
days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such
Regular Record Date, and

 

(b)                                 at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company
of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more
than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished.

 

SECTION 702.   Preservation of Information;
Communications to Holders.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee shall preserve, in
as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of
Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided
in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the
Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. 
The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701
upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)                                 The rights of Holders to
communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or under the Notes and the corresponding rights and duties of the
Trustee, shall be provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(c)                                  Every Holder, by receiving and
holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the
Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held
accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to the names and
addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

81

 

SECTION 703.   Reports by Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee shall transmit to
Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this
Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times
and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

 

(b)                                 A copy of each such report
shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee
with any stock exchange upon which the Notes are listed, with the Commission
and with the Company.  The Company will
notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

SECTION 704.   Reports by Company

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee and the
Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other
reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust
Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to the Trust
Indenture Act; provided that, if
allowed under the Trust Indenture Act, any such information, documents or
reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to be filed with the Trustee when
filed with the Commission.  Delivery of
such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers’ Certificates and written notices delivered to the
Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

MERGERS, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF PROPERTY

 

SECTION 801.   The Company May Consolidate, etc. only on
Certain Terms.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not merge,
consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person (other than a merger of
a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company) or sell, transfer, assign, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Properties and
assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in any
one transaction or series of transactions unless:

 

(1)                                  the Company shall be
the surviving Person (the “Surviving Person”) or the Surviving Person
(if other than the Company) formed by such merger, consolidation or
amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or
disposition is made shall be a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

(2)                                  the Surviving Person
(if other than the Company) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable)
by executing a supplemental indenture and other documents reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

82

 

(3)                                  after giving effect
to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes of this clause
(3) and clause (4) of this subsection (a) of this Section 801, any
Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving
Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction or series
of transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person or such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of
transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing;

 

(4)                                  immediately after
giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis, (A) the Company or the
Surviving Person, as the case may be, would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of
additional Debt under clause (a)(1) of Section 1008 and (B) the Surviving
Person shall have a Consolidated Net Worth in an amount which is not less than
90% of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such
transaction or series of transactions; and

 

(5)                                  the Company shall
deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture,
if any, in respect thereto comply with this Section 801 and that all
conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been
satisfied.

 

(b)                                 Clause (a)(4) of this Section 801
shall not apply to mergers of the Company into a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary or into a Person solely for the purpose of effecting a change in the
state of incorporation of the Company.

 

(c)                                  Upon satisfaction of the
conditions in subsection (a) of this Section 801, the Surviving
Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of the Company under this Indenture; provided that the predecessor
company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets shall
not be released from any of the obligations and covenants under this Indenture,
including with respect to the payment of the Notes, and in all other cases, the
predecessor company shall be released from all obligations and covenants under
this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes.

 

SECTION 802.   The Notes Guarantors May Consolidate,
etc. only on Certain Terms.

 

(a)                                  A Notes Guarantor may not, sell,
transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its assets in any one transaction or series of transactions to, or
merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into another Person (whether or not
such Notes Guarantor is the Surviving Person), in any such case, other than to,
with or into the Company or another Notes Guarantor, unless:

 

(1)                                  immediately after
giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists under
this Indenture; and

 

(2)                                  either:

 

83

 

(A)                              the Surviving Person (if
not such Notes Guarantor) is a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and expressly
assumes all the obligations of that Notes Guarantor under this Indenture, the
Notes Guaranty and the Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable) by
executing a supplemental indenture and other documents reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee; or

 

(B)                                such sale, transfer,
assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition or merger, consolidation or
amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with Section 1013.

 

(b)                                 Upon satisfaction of the
conditions in subsection (a) of this Section 802, the Surviving
Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of the Notes Guarantor under the Notes Guaranty and this Indenture;
provided, that the predecessor company in the case of a lease of all or
substantially all of its assets shall not be released from any of the
obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the applicable Notes
Guaranty, including with respect to the payment of the Notes, and in all other
cases the predecessor company shall be released from all obligations and
covenants under this Indenture and such Notes Guaranty, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE NINE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 901.   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent
of Holders.

 

(a)                                  Without the consent of any
Holders, the Company and the Notes Guarantors, when authorized by a Board
Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into
one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the
Trustee, to:

 

(1)                                  cure any ambiguity,
omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                  provide for the
assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or a
Notes Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes Guarantees as applicable;

 

(3)                                  provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(4)                                  add Notes Guarantees
with respect to the Notes or release Notes Guarantees as provided by the terms
of this Indenture;

 

(5)                                  secure the Notes or
Notes Guarantees, add to the covenants of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as applicable, for the benefit of the holders of such Notes or to
surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries by this Indenture;

 

(6)                                  make any change that
does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

84

 

(7)                                  make any change to
the subordination provisions of this Indenture that would limit or terminate
the benefits available to any holder of Senior Debt under such provisions;

 

(8)                                  comply with any
requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(9)                                  provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or

 

(10)                            to evidence and provide for
the acceptance and appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee.

 

SECTION 902.   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of
Holders.

 

(a)                                  Except as permitted by Section 901,
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with
a tender offer or exchange offer for such Notes), by Act of said Holders
delivered to the Company, the Notes Guarantors and the Trustee, the Company,
and the Notes Guarantors when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee
may (A) enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture or (B) waive compliance
with any provision in this Indenture and the Notes (other than waivers of past
Defaults in accordance with Section 513 and waivers of covenants in
accordance Section 1021); provided,
however, that no such supplemental indenture or waiver shall,
without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

 

(1)                                  reduce the amount of
the Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

 

(2)                                  reduce the rate of,
or extend the time for payment of interest on, any Note;

 

(3)                                  reduce the principal
of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

 

(4)                                  make any Note payable
in money other than that stated in such Note;

 

(5)                                  impair the right of
any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s
Note on or after the due dates therfor or to institute suit for the enforcement
of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Note or any Note Guaranty;

 

(6)                                  make any change to
the subordination provisions of this Indenture that would adversely affect the
Holders in any material respect;

 

85

 

(7)                                  reduce the premium
payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any such
Note may be redeemed pursuant to Article 11;

 

(8)                                  reduce the premium
payable upon a Change of Control or, at any time after a Change of Control has
occurred, change the time at which the Change of Control Offer relating thereto
must be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant to such Change
of Control Offer;

 

(9)                                  at any time after the
Company is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer with the Excess Proceeds from
Asset Sales, change the time at which such Prepayment Offer must be made or at
which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant thereto; or

 

(10)                            following the mailing of a
notice of a Prepayment Offer or a Change of Control Offer, modify the
provisions of this Indenture with respect to such offer in a manner adverse to
the Holders.

 

(b)                                 No amendment may be made to the
subordination provisions of this Indenture that adversely affects the rights of
any holder of Senior Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior
Debt (or their Representative) consent to such change.

 

(c)                                  Upon
the written request of the Company and the Notes Guarantors accompanied by a
copy of the Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental
indenture or agreement or upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the
consent of the Holders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company
and the Notes Guarantors in execution of such supplemental indenture.  It shall not be necessary for any Act of
Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any
proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall
approve the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 903.   Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

 

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts
created by, any supplemental indenture, agreement, instrument or waiver
permitted by this Article Nine or the modifications thereby of the trusts
created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and
(subject to Sections 601 and 603) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture,
agreement, instrument or waiver is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture, agreement,
instrument or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

SECTION 904.   Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under
this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and
such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes;
and every Holder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

86

 

SECTION 905.   Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article Nine shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 906.   Reference in Notes to Supplemental
Indentures.

 

Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution
of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if
required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to
any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine, new Notes
so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to
any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 907.   Notice of Supplemental Indenture.

 

Promptly
after execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Company shall give notice
thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Notes affected, in the manner
provided for in Section 106, setting forth in general terms the substance
of such supplemental indenture.  Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice, 
or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

SECTION 908.   Form of Consent.

 

The consent of the Holders is not necessary to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment.  It is sufficient if such consent approves the
substance of the proposed amendment.

 

ARTICLE TEN

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 1001.   Payment of Principal, Premium and
Interest.

 

(a)                                  The Company will duly and
punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, including
Special Interest, if any, on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the
Notes and this Indenture.  The Company
shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on
overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum
specified in the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the
Notes.

 

(b)                                 If Special Interest is payable
by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of
such Special Interest that is payable, (ii) the reason why such Special
Interest is payable and (iii) the date on which such Special Interest is
payable.  Unless and until a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate, the Trustee may assume
without inquiry that no Special Interest is payable.  If the Company has paid Special Interest
directly to the persons entitled to such interest, the Company shall deliver to
the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.

 

87

 

SECTION 1002.   Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

(a)                                  The Company will maintain an
office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented or
surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office
or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any
such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be
made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in the United
States, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee or its agent as its agent
to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

(b)                                 The Company may also from time
to time designate one or more other offices or agencies in the United States
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes
and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission
shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office
or agency in the United States for such purposes.  The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

SECTION 1003.   Money for Note Payments to be Held in
Trust.

 

(a)                                  If the Company shall at any time
act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, including Special Interest, if
any, on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if
any) or interest, including Special Interest, if any, so becoming due until
such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein
provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to
act.

 

(b)                                 Whenever the Company shall have
one or more Paying Agents, it will, by 10:00 a.m. New York City time on or
before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest,
including Special Interest, if any, on any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a
sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest,
including Special Interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum to be held in
trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal at maturity,
premium or interest, including Special Interest, if any, as provided in the
Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company
will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

(c)                                  The Company will cause each
Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the Company to execute and deliver to
the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 1003, that such Paying
Agent will:

 

(1)                                  comply with the
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent (or,
until such time as this Indenture shall be qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act, which would be applicable to it as Paying Agent if this Indenture were so
qualified); and

 

88

 

(2)                                  at any time during
the continuance of any Default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the
Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written
request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by
such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes;

 

(d)                                 The Company may at any time, for
the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or
for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay,
to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such
sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such
sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by
any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all
further liability with respect to such money.

 

(e)                                  Any money deposited with the
Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, including
Special Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for a period
ending on the earlier of the date that is ten Business Days prior to the date
such money would escheat to the State or two years after such principal (and premium,
if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on
Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such
trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general
creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of
the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

SECTION 1004.   Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article Eight and Section 1013,
the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and
keep in full force and effect its existence.

 

SECTION 1005.   Maintenance of Properties.

 

The Company will cause all material properties used or
useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted
Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working
order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary
equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals,
replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of
the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection
therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided,
however, that nothing in this Section 1005 shall prevent the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation
or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, as
determined by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary in good faith, desirable in
(or not materially adverse to) the conduct of its business or the business of
any Restricted Subsidiary and not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders.

 

SECTION 1006.   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

 

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid
or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all material taxes,
assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income,

 

89

 

profits or property of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and (2) all material lawful claims for labor,
materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the
property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such
tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is
being contested in good faith by appropriate negotiations or proceedings.

 

SECTION 1007.   Maintenance of Insurance.

 

The Company shall, and shall cause its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their properties which are of an
insurable nature insured (which may include self insurance) against loss or
damage with insurers believed by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to
be responsible to the extent that property of similar character is usually so
insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in
accordance with good business practice.

 

SECTION 1008.   Limitation on Debt.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Debt (including Acquired
Debt) unless, after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof,
either:

 

(1)                                  such Debt is Debt of
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and after giving effect to the
Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0 to 1.0; or

 

(2)                                  such Debt is
Permitted Debt.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Section 1008, any increase in the amount of
Debt solely by reason of currency fluctuation shall not be considered an
Incurrence of Debt for purposes of this Section 1008.  For purposes of determining compliance with
this Section 1008, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt
denominated in any currency other than U.S. dollars shall be calculated based
on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect as of the date such Debt is
Incurred; provided that the
amount of any Permitted Refinancing Debt denominated in the same currency as
the Debt being Refinanced thereby shall be calculated based on the relevant
exchange rate in effect as of the date of the Incurrence of the Debt being so
Refinanced;

 

(c)                                  The accrual of interest, the
accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest
on any Debt in the form of additional Debt with the same terms, the accumulation
of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid) and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of
additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Debt or an
issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 1008; provided that, in each case, the amount
thereof shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as
accrued; and

 

90

 

(d)                                 For purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 1008, in the event that an item of Debt meets
the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in
clauses (a) through (m) of the definition of Permitted Debt or is entitled to
be incurred pursuant to clause (a)(1) of this Section 1008, the Company
shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Debt (or any
part thereof), in any manner that complies with this Section 1008, and
such item of Debt will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to one or
more of such categories of Permitted Debt or pursuant to clause (a)(1) of this Section 1008.
For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this Section 1008,
Guarantees, Liens or obligations, in each case, in support of letters of credit
supporting Debt shall not be included to the extent such letters of credit are included
in the amount of Debt.

 

SECTION 1009.   Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not make, and
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, any Restricted Payment if
at the time of, and after giving effect to, such proposed Restricted Payment:

 

(1)                                  a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(2)                                  the Company could not
Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (a)(1) of Section 1008;
or

 

(3)                                  the aggregate amount
of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made
since the Issue Date (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than
in cash, to be based upon Fair Market Value on the date made) would exceed an
amount equal to the sum of:

 

(A)                              50% of the aggregate
amount of Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one
accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the
Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which
financial statements have been made publicly available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or if the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income for
such period shall be a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

 

(B)                                100% of Capital Stock
Sale Proceeds; plus

 

(C)                                100% of the aggregate
net cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the
issuance or sale after the Issue Date of convertible or exchangeable Debt that
has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company, excluding:

 

(i)                                     any such Debt
issued or sold to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee
stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary
for the benefit of their respective employees; and

 

91

 

(ii)                                  the aggregate amount
of any cash or other Property distributed by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary upon any such conversion or exchange;

 

plus

 

(D)                               an amount equal to the
sum of:

 

(i)                                     in the case of the
net reduction in Investments (which Investments constituted a Restricted
Payment when made) in any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other
transfers of Property, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
from such Person, or from the sale or other disposition of any such Investment
to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of:

 

(x)                                   the
cash return of capital with respect to such Investment; and

 

(y)                                 the
aggregate value of such Investment;

 

in the
case of either clause (x) or (y) in this subparagraph (a)(3)(D)(i), less
the cost of the disposition of such Investment; plus

 

(ii)                                  the portion
(proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary)
of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary at
the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

provided, however, that no amount will be included under this paragraph
(D) to the extent already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net
Income;

 

plus

 

(E)                                 $25.0 million.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the limitations
in subsection (a) of this Section 1009, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary may:

 

(1)                                  pay dividends on its
Capital Stock within 60 days of the declaration thereof if, on the declaration
date, such dividends could have been paid in compliance with this Indenture; provided, however, that such dividends shall be included in
the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to
clause (a)(3) of this Section 1009;

 

92

 

(2)                                  purchase, repurchase,
redeem, defease, acquire or retire for value Capital Stock or Subordinated Debt
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, upon conversion of
or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock
of the Company whether contemporaneously or in the future (other than
Disqualified Stock that is not Permitted Refinancing Debt and other than
Capital Stock issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or an
employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such
Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees) or any Permitted Refinancing
Debt; provided, however, that:

 

(A)                              such purchase,
repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall be
excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to
clause (a)(3) of this Section 1009; and

 

(B)                                the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from such exchange or sale shall
be excluded from the calculation pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(B) of this Section 1009;

 

(3)                                  purchase, repurchase,
redeem, defease, acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Debt in exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, Permitted Refinancing Debt;

 

(4)                                  so long as no Default
or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, purchase, repurchase,
redeem, defease, acquire or retire for value Capital Stock of the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company from any officer, director, employee or
consultant of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount
not to exceed $10.0 million per year;

 

(5)                                  extend loans to
employees, officers and directors of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in compliance with applicable laws and in an amount not to exceed
$5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

(6)                                  acquire the Capital
Stock of the Company in connection with the exercise of stock options or stock
appreciation rights by way of cashless exercise or in connection with the
satisfaction of withholding tax obligations;

 

(7)                                  in connection with an
acquisition by the Company or by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, receive or
accept the return to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting
a portion of the purchase price consideration in settlement of indemnification
claims;

 

(8)                                  purchase fractional
shares of the Capital Stock of the Company arising out of stock dividends,
splits or combinations or business combinations;

 

(9)                                  effect a Convertible
Debentures Repurchase, provided that
on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to
such Convertible Debentures Repurchase,

 

93

 

the Liquidity of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall
equal or exceed $500 million;

 

(10)                            honor any conversion
request by a holder of any convertible Debt of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection
with any conversion of convertible Debt in accordance with the terms of any
convertible Debt;

 

(11)                            make any payment on or with
respect to, or repurchase, redeem, defease or acquire or retire for value, any
Subordinated Debt convertible into Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company in connection with:

 

(A)                              an optional redemption of
such convertible Subordinated Debt pursuant to the terms thereof; provided that, the current market price
per share of the Company’s common stock (calculated based upon the average
closing price as reported on the Nasdaq National Market (or any national
securities exchange on which such common stock is listed) for the 30-trading
day period immediately preceding the date any notice of redemption is sent or
published) into which such Debt is convertible equals or exceeds 150% of the
conversion price in effect for such Debt on the date of such notice; and

 

(B)                                the payment by the Company
of cash in lieu of any fractional shares deliverable upon conversion of any
Debt in compliance with the terms of the instruments governing such Debt;

 

provided that any amounts paid pursuant to this
clause (11) will be deducted in determining the amount of Restricted
Payments permitted under clause (a)(3) of this Section 1009;

 

(12)                            engage in transactions
relating to tax planning strategies of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided that all such
transactions are between or among Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company and any
trustee, transfer agent or escrow agent relating to such tax planning
strategies, or any combination of the foregoing parties; and

 

(13)                            so long as no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, make Restricted Payments in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million.

 

(c)                                  The actions described in the
preceding clauses (1), (4), (5), (11) and (13) of subsection (b) of this Section 1009
shall be Restricted Payments that shall be permitted to be made in accordance
with this Section 1009 but which shall reduce the amount that would
otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of this Section 1009,
and the actions described in the preceding clauses (2), (3), (6), (7), (8), (9)
(10) and (12) shall be Restricted Payments that shall be permitted to be taken
in accordance with this Section 1009 and

 

94

 

shall not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for
Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of this Section 1009.

 

SECTION 1010.   Limitation on Restrictions on
Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause any
consensual restriction on the right of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)                                  pay dividends, in
cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in respect of its
Capital Stock, or pay any Debt or other obligation owed, to the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                                  make any loans or
advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(3)                                  transfer any of its
Property to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                 The limitations set forth in subsection (a)
of this Section 1010 will not apply:

 

(1)                                  with respect to
clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (a) of this Section 1010, to
restrictions:

 

(A)                              in effect on the Issue
Date (and restrictions pursuant to the Notes, this Indenture, the Notes
Guarantees and the Senior Credit Facility);

 

(B)                                imposed on a Restricted
Subsidiary and existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such
restrictions were not created in connection with or in anticipation of the
transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary
became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company;

 

(C)                                that result from the
Refinancing or subsequent Refinancing of Debt Incurred pursuant to an
agreement, instrument or contract referred to in subclause (A), (B), (E), (F),
(H), (I), (J) or (K) of this clause (1) of subsection (b) of this Section 1010,
provided that the restrictions existing
under or by reason of any such agreement, instrument or contract are not
materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders than those under the
agreement evidencing the Debt so Refinanced;

 

(D)                               existing by virtue of,
or arising under, applicable law, regulation, order, approval, license, permit,
grant or similar restriction, in each case issued or imposed by a governmental
authority;

 

95

 

 

(E)                                 under any agreement,
instrument or contract affecting Property or a Person at the time such Property
or Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as
such restriction relates solely to the Property or Person so acquired and was
not created in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition;

 

(F)                                 under or in connection
with any joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, stock sale
agreements, asset sale agreements and other similar agreements, provided that any such agreements are entered into in the
ordinary course of business and in good faith and that such restrictions are
reasonably customary for such agreements;

 

(G)                                under any customary
provisions with respect to cash or other deposit or net worth requirements
under agreements, instruments or contracts entered into in the ordinary course
of business and consistent with past practices;

 

(H)                               under any agreement
entered into in connection with the Incurrence of Debt of the type described in
clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Debt;

 

(I)                                    under any customary
provisions under any agreements, instruments or contracts relating to any
Receivables Program;

 

(J)                                   under any customary
provisions under any agreements, instruments or contracts relating to any
Synthetic Lease of the Office Campus;

 

(K)                               under any agreement,
instrument or contract relating to Debt that is permitted under Section 1008
to be Incurred pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Debt;

 

(L)                                 under any agreement,
instrument or contract entered into in connection with any transactions
relating to tax planning strategies of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided that all such transactions are
between or among Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company and any trustee, transfer
agent or escrow agent relating to such tax planning strategies, or any
combination of the foregoing parties; and

 

(M)                            any restriction with
respect to property or assets subject to a Permitted Lien imposed by the
secured party.

 

(2)                                  only with respect to
clause (3) of subsection (a) of this Section 1010 to:

 

(A)                              customary provisions
restricting subletting or assignment of leases or customary provisions in
licenses or other agreements that restrict assignment of such agreements or
rights thereunder;

 

96

 

(B)                                customary provisions
restricting the sale or other disposition of Property contained in agreements
limiting the transfer of Property pending the closing of such sale; and

 

(C)                                restrictions on the
sale or other disposition of Property acquired, constructed, improved or leased
(and any additions, parts, attachments, fixtures, leasehold improvements,
proceeds, improvements or accessions related thereto) in whole or in part under
any agreement, instrument or contract relating to Debt permitted under Section 1008
to be Incurred under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Debt.

 

SECTION 1011.   Limitation on
Liens.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur or permit to exist any Lien of
any nature whatsoever, other than Permitted Liens or Liens securing Senior
Debt, on any of its properties (including Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing
any Debt, unless:

 

(1)                                  if such Lien secures
Senior Subordinated Debt, the Notes or the applicable Notes Guaranty are
secured by a Lien in the same properties as those securing such Lien and on an
equal and ratable basis with such Senior Subordinated Debt, and

 

(2)                                  if such Lien secures
Subordinated Debt, such Lien shall be subordinated to a Lien securing the Notes
or the applicable Notes Guaranty in the same properties as those securing such
Lien at the same level of priority as such Subordinated Debt is subordinated to
the Notes and the Notes Guarantees.

 

SECTION 1012.   [Intentionally Omitted].

 

SECTION 1013.   Limitation on Asset Sales.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

 

(1)                                  the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration in connection with such Asset Sale
at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset
Sale;

 

(2)                                  at least 75% of the
consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with such Asset Sale is in the form of any one or a combination of
the following: (A) cash, Cash Equivalents or Additional Assets, (B) the
assumption by the purchaser of liabilities of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the amounts as shown on the latest consolidated balance sheet on
which such liability appears (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities
that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Notes
Guaranty, as the case may be), as a result of which the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with respect to such
liabilities, (C)

 

97

 

securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such securities, notes or other obligations
are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, Cash
Equivalents or Additional Assets within 90 days of such Asset Sale, and (D)
Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of such Asset Sale if the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries
immediately are released from all Guarantees, if any, of payments or other
obligations with respect to such Debt and such Debt is no longer the liability
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(3)                                  in connection with
any Asset Sale for consideration with a value in excess of $50.0 million, the
Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such
Asset Sale complies with clauses (1) and (2) of subsection (a) of this Section 1013.

 

(b)                                 The Net Available Cash (or any
portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or
is required by the terms of any Debt):

 

(1)                                  to Repay Senior Debt
of the Company or any Notes Guarantor (excluding, in either case, any Debt owed
to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company); or

 

(2)                                  to reinvest in
Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by
a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary).

 

(c)                                  Any Net Available Cash from an
Asset Sale not used in accordance with subsection (b) of this Section 1013
within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash shall
constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 
Pending application of any such Net Available Cash within such 365-day
period, the Company may temporarily reduce any revolving borrowings that
constitute Senior Debt.

 

(d)                                 When the aggregate amount of
Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will be required to make an
offer to repurchase the Notes (the “Prepayment Offer”), which offer
shall be in the amount of the Allocable Excess Proceeds (rounded to the nearest
$1,000), on a pro rata basis
according to principal amount at a purchase price equal to 100% of the
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Special Interest,
if any (the “Purchase Price”), to, but excluding, the purchase date (the
“Purchase Date”) (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant
Regular Record Date that is prior to the Purchase Date to receive interest due
on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
If the Notes delivered for payment exceed, in aggregate principal
amount, the Allocable Excess Proceeds, the Company will purchase such Notes on
a pro rata basis.

 

(e)                                  The term “Allocable Excess
Proceeds” will mean the product of:

 

(1)                                  the Excess Proceeds
and

 

98

 

(2)                                  a fraction,

 

(A)                              the numerator of which is
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes Outstanding on the date of the
Prepayment Offer, and

 

(B)                                the denominator of
which is the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on
the date of the Prepayment Offer and the aggregate principal amount of other
Debt of the Company outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the
Notes and subject to terms and conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in
all material respects to this Section 1013 and requiring the Company to
make an offer to purchase such Debt at substantially the same time as the
Prepayment Offer.

 

(f)                                    To the extent that any portion
of the amount of Net Available Cash remains after a Prepayment Offer pursuant
to subsection (d) of this Section 1013, and provided that all holders of Notes have
been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for purchase in accordance
with this Section 1013, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may use
such remaining amount for any purpose permitted by this Indenture and the
amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

 

(g)                                 Within five Business Days after
the Company becomes obligated to make a Prepayment Offer, the Company shall
give written notice of such Prepayment Offer to each Holder by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the Note
Register, stating, (1) the Purchase Price and the Purchase Date, which date
shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the
date such notice is mailed, or such other dates as are necessary to comply with
requirements under the Exchange Act or any applicable securities laws or
regulations; (2) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest if
interest is then accruing; (3) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment
of the Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the
Prepayment Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; (4)
that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Prepayment
Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option
of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the
Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the Purchase Date; (5) that
Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day
preceding the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or
letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes
delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election
to have such Notes purchased; (6) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased
only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be
equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof; (7) the
instructions that Holders of Notes must follow in order to tender their Notes;
(8) the circumstances and facts that the Company deems relevant regarding such
Excess Proceeds Offer and (9) such information regarding the Company and its
Subsidiaries that the Company, in good faith, believes will enable the Holders
to make an informed decision with respect to such Prepayment Offer.

 

99

 

(h)                                 The Company will comply, to the
extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange
Act and any other securities laws or regulations and any applicable rules of
any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed in connection with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 1013.  To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations or the rules of any securities exchange conflict
with provisions of this Section 1013, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations or the rules of any securities
exchange and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 1013
by virtue of such compliance.

 

SECTION 1014.   Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, conduct any business or enter into any
transaction or series of transactions (including the purchase, sale, transfer,
assignment, lease, conveyance or exchange of any Property or the rendering of
any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate
Transaction”), unless:

 

(1)                                  the terms of such
Affiliate Transaction are, when viewed together with related Affiliate
Transactions, if any, no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that reasonably could be expected to
be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not
an Affiliate of the Company; and

 

(2)                                  with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $50 million, the Company delivers to the
Trustee either a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 1014
and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors, or an opinion as to the
fairness to the Company of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing
limitation, the following shall not be Affiliate Transactions:

 

(1)                                  any transaction or
series of transactions between the Company and one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries or between two or more Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that no more than 10% of the total voting power of
the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of any such Restricted Subsidiary
is owned by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(2)                                  any Restricted
Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 1009 or any Permitted
Investment;

 

(3)                                  the payment of
compensation (including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit plans),
performance or contribution obligations for the personal services of, the
issuance, grant or award of stock options or other equity related

 

100

 

interests to, or the granting of indemnification to, officers,
directors and employees of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,
in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4)                                  loans and advances to
directors, employees or officers made in the ordinary course of business in
compliance with applicable laws and consistent with the past practices of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, provided that such loans and advances do
not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)                                  the entering into,
maintaining or performance of any employment contract, collective bargaining
agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or
other similar arrangement (in each case entered into in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice) for or with any employee, officer
or director, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation,
retirement, savings or other similar plans;

 

(6)                                  transactions to which
no other Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party with
Permitted Joint Ventures; and

 

(7)                                  the payment of
reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company who are not
employees of the Company and indemnification arrangements entered into by the
Company in the ordinary course of business.

 

SECTION 1015.   Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon
a Change of Control.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence of a Change
of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to
repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000)
of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of
Control Offer”) at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase
Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, including Special Interest on the Notes to be purchased, if
any, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Purchase Date (subject to the
right of Holders on the relevant Regular Record Date that is prior to the
Change of Control Purchase Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment
Date).

 

(b)                                 Within 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Company (or at the request of the Company, the Trustee)
shall send, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at
such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register, a notice stating:

 

(1)                                  that a Change of
Control has occurred and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 1015
of this Indenture and that all Notes timely tendered will be accepted for
payment;

 

(2)                                  the Change of Control
Purchase Price and the repurchase date (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”),
which date shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a
Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed;

 

101

 

(3)                                  the circumstances
giving rise to the Change of Control;

 

(4)                                  the procedures that
Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for
payment, and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to withdraw an
election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment; and

 

(5)           that on and after the Change of
Control Purchase Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or portions
of Notes surrendered for purchase by the Company, unless the Company defaults
in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price.

 

(c)                                  The Company will comply, to the
extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14 (e) of the Exchange
Act and any other securities laws or regulations or rules of any securities
exchange on which the Notes may be listed in connection with the repurchase of
Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. 
To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
or rules of such securities exchange conflict with the provisions of this Section 1015,
the Company, to the extent applicable, will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations or rules of such securities exchange and will
not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 1015 by
virtue of such compliance.

 

SECTION 1016.   Designation of Restricted and
Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                  The Board of Directors may
designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that
designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.

 

(b)                                 If a Restricted Subsidiary is
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments owned by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated
will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and
will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of
Section 1009 or Permitted Investments, as applicable; provided that Investments in Persons in
existence before such Person becomes a Subsidiary that were Permitted
Investments or allowed under Section 1009, will not be deemed to be
Investments at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is designated as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  All such
outstanding Investments will be valued at their Fair Market Value at the time
of such designation.  A designation will
be permitted only if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at that time
and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(c)                                  The Board of Directors may
redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the
redesignation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.

 

SECTION 1017.   Payments for Consent.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for
or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or
provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered
to be paid or is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in
the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such
consent, waiver or agreement.

 

102

 

SECTION 1018.   Limitation on Layered Debt.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Notes
Guarantor to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt (including Permitted
Debt, but excluding Acquired Debt that is not Incurred in anticipation of or in
connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is contractually
subordinated in right of payment to any Senior Debt unless such Debt is Senior
Subordinated Debt or is contractually subordinated in right of payment to
Senior Subordinated Debt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Debt of the Company
or any Notes Guarantor shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in
right of payment to any other Debt of the Company or any Notes Guarantor solely
by reason of such other Debt being secured, being Guaranteed, having a shorter
maturity of payment or being structurally senior.

 

SECTION 1019.   Available Information.

 

Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to
the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
the Company shall file with the Commission and provide the Trustee and Holders
with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as
are specified in Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to
a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and
reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of
such information, documents and reports under such Sections; provided, however, that the Company shall not be so
obligated to file such information, documents and reports with the Commission
if the Commission does not permit such filings; provided,
further, that any information accepted for filing by the Commission
shall be deemed to have been provided to Holders and the Trustee.

 

If at any time during the two-year period following
the date of original issue of the Notes the Company is not subject to the
information requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and
the Notes constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of the
Securities Act, the Company will furnish to holders of Notes and prospective
purchasers designated by such holders the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit
compliance with Rule 144A in connection with resales of such Notes.

 

SECTION 1020.   Statement by Officers as to Default;
Compliance Certificates.

 

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year (which as of the Issue Date is the
Saturday nearest September 30) of the Company ending after the date hereof
an Officers’ Certificate (in which one of the two Officers signing such
certificate is either a principal executive officer, principal financial
officer or principal accounting officer of the Company), stating whether or not
to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the
performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of
this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice
provided hereunder), and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all
such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have
knowledge.

 

103

 

SECTION 1021.   Waiver of Certain Covenants.

 

Subject to Section 902, the Company may omit in
any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Article Eight
and Sections 1004 to 1023, inclusive, Article Eleven, and Section 1306
if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall, by Act of such
Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive
compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to
or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived,
and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company
and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition
shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 1022.   Covenants After Fall-Away Event.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence of the
Fall-Away Event, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be
obligated to comply with the following restrictive covenants: 1008, 1009, 1010,
1013, 1014, 1015, 1017 and clause (a)(4) of Section 801, of this Indenture
(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”), and the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall have no obligation or liability in respect of
such sections for such period;

 

(b)                                 In the event that the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for
any period of time as a result of the occurrence of a Fall-Away Event and,
subsequently, one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their ratings or
downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below Investment Grade Ratings or a
Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended
Covenants.  Compliance with the Suspended
Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such
withdrawal, downgrade, Default or Event of Default will be calculated in
accordance with Section 1009 as though such Section 1009 had been in
effect during the entire period of time from the Issue Date.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

SECTION 1101.   Right of Redemption.

 

(a)                                  All or any portion of the Notes
may be redeemed, at once or over time, at the election of the Company, at any
time on or after March 1, 2009, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below, together with accrued and
unpaid interest, including Special Interest, if any, to but excluding the
Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment
Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on March 1 of the
years set forth below:

 

	
  Year

  	
   

  	
  Redemption

  Price

  	
   

  
	
  2009

  	
   

  	
  103.375

  	
  %

  
	
  2010

  	
   

  	
  101.688

  	
  %

  
	
  2011 and
  thereafter

  	
   

  	
  100.000

  	
  %

  

 

104

 

(b)                                 All or any portion of the Notes
may be redeemed at once or over time at the election of the Company, at any
time prior to March 1, 2009, at a Redemption Price equal to the sum of (1)
the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus (2) accrued and unpaid
interest, including Special Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption
Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Regular Record Date that
is prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date) plus (3) the Make-Whole Premium.

 

(c)                                  At any time and from time to
time, prior to March 1, 2008, the Company may redeem up to a maximum of
35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional
Notes) in an amount not to exceed the amount of the net cash proceeds of one or
more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.75% of the principal
amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, including
Special Interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the
right of holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive
interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that after giving effect to any such
redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(including any Additional Notes, but excluding Notes held by the Company and
its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding. 
Any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Equity Offering
upon not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

SECTION 1102.   Applicability of Article.

 

Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company, as
permitted by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with
this Article.

 

SECTION 1103.   Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Notes
pursuant to Section 1201 shall be evidenced by a Board
Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company
of the Notes, the Company shall, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date
fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, the principal amount of
Notes to be redeemed and the subsection of this Indenture pursuant to
which redemption shall occur.  In the
case of (a) any redemption pursuant to subsection 1101(c), the Company
shall also furnish to the Trustee at the same time as the notification of the
Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company is entitled
to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that
the condition or conditions precedent to the right of the Company so to redeem
have occurred or been satisfied and, (b) in case of a redemption pursuant to
subsection 1101(b), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating the Redemption Price no later than two Business Days prior to the
Redemption Date.

 

SECTION 1104.   Selection by Trustee of Notes to be
Redeemed.

 

(a)                                  If less than all the Notes are
to be redeemed, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more
than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding
Notes not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall
deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption
of portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal
amount of Notes of a

 

105

 

denomination larger than
$1,000; provided that the Trustee
shall select the Notes to be redeemed on as nearly a pro rata basis as is
practicable.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall promptly
notify the Company and each Note Registrar in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the
principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

(c)                                  For all purposes of this
Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to
the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Notes redeemed or to
be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Notes
which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 1105.   Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)                                  Notice of redemption shall be
given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder to be redeemed, at
his address appearing in the Note Register.

 

(b)                                 All notices of redemption shall
state:

 

(1)                                  the Redemption Date
and the CUSIP or ISIN number, of the Notes, as applicable;

 

(2)                                  the calculation of
the Redemption Price, but need not include the Redemption Price itself if the
redemption is pursuant to subsection 1101(b);

 

(3)                                  whether the
redemption is being made pursuant to subsection 1101(a), (b) or (c) and if
being made pursuant to subsection 1101(c), a brief statement setting forth
the facts showing that the condition or conditions precedent to the right of
the Company so to redeem have occurred or been satisfied;

 

(4)                                  if less than all the
Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of
partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be
redeemed;

 

(5)                                  that on the
Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such
Note to be redeemed and that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after
said date; and

 

(6)                                  the place or places
where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

 

(c)                                  At the Company’s request (which
request may be revoked by the Company at any time prior to the time at which
the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), made in writing to
the Trustee at least 45 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory
to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date. 
The Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name and at the
expense of the Company.  If, however, the
Company gives

 

106

 

such notice to the
Holders, the Company shall concurrently deliver a copy of such notice to the
Trustee.

 

(d)                                 Notice of redemption shall be
deemed to be given when mailed, whether or not the Holder receives the
notice.  In any event, failure to give
such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the
proceedings for the redemption of the Notes held by Holders to whom such notice
was properly given.

 

SECTION 1106.   Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting
as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003)
an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if
the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all
the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

SECTION 1107.   Notes Payable on Redemption Date.

 

(a)                                  Notice of redemption having been
given as provided in Section 1205, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on
the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein
specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in
the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall
cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for
redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company
at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, the
Redemption Date; provided, however,
that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the
Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders registered as such at the close
of business on the Regular Record Dates.

 

(b)                                 If any Note called for
redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the
principal amount (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from
the Redemption Date at the rate provided by the Note in accordance with Section 307.

 

SECTION 1108.   Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be
surrendered at an office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose
pursuant to Section 1002 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires,
due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the
Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any
authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal
amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal
amount of the Note so surrendered.

 

107

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 1201.   Notes Guarantee.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of
this Article Twelve, each Notes Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby
fully and unconditionally guarantees to each holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee, irrespective of the validity or
enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement
or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder:

 

(1)                                  the due and punctual
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on, the Notes, whether
at Stated Maturity or on an Interest Payment Date, by acceleration, call for
redemption or otherwise (subject to any applicable grace period);

 

(2)                                  the due and punctual
payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, of, and
interest on, the Notes, if lawful;

 

(3)                                  the due and punctual
payment and performance (subject to any applicable grace period) of all other
obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

(4)                                  in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations under this Indenture or under the Notes, the due and punctual
payment or performance thereof (subject to any applicable grace period) in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated
Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

(b)                                 Failing payment when due by the
Company of any amount so Guaranteed for whatever reason, the Notes Guarantors
shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  An Event of Default under this Indenture or
the Notes shall constitute an event of default under this Notes Guarantee, and
shall entitle the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the obligations of the
Notes Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the
obligations of the Company.

 

(c)                                  Each Notes Guarantor hereby
agrees that (1) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective
of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, this Indenture, the
Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable) or the obligations of the Company
hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, whether
or not a Notes Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, any waiver or
consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any
amendment of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Registration Rights Agreement,
the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any its Subsidiaries, any
action to enforce the same, or any other circumstance that might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than
payment in full of the Notes) and (2) subject to Section 1207, each Notes
Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(d)                                 The Notes Guarantee shall remain
in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be
filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the
Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of
the

 

108

 

Company’s assets, and
shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be
reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the
Notes are pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must
otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable
preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or
performance had not been made.  In the
event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be
reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded,
reduced, restored or returned.

 

(e)                                  Each Notes Guarantor hereby
agrees that it shall not be entitled to and irrevocably waives diligence,
presentment, demand of payment, filing of claim with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any Notes Guarantor, any other
Subsidiary of the Company or any other obligor under the Notes, any right to
require a proceeding first against the Company, any Notes Guarantor, any other
Subsidiary of the Company or any other obligor under this Indenture or the
Notes and any right, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

 

(f)                                    If any Holder or the Trustee is
required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, any Notes
Guarantor, any other Subsidiary of the Company or any other obligor under this
Indenture or the Notes or any trustee, liquidator or other similar official,
any amount paid by the Company, any Notes Guarantor, any other Subsidiary of
the Company or any other obligor under this Indenture or the Notes to the
Trustee or such Holder, the Notes Guarantees, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(g)                                 Each Notes Guarantor agrees
that, as between the Notes Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the
Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations of the Company
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five for the
purposes of the Notes Guarantees, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration as to the Company of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
those obligations as provided in Article Five, those obligations
(regardless of whether due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable
by each of the Notes Guarantors for the purpose of the Notes Guarantees.

 

(h)                                 No shareholder, officer,
director, employee or incorporator, past, present or future, of any Notes
Guarantor, as such, shall have any personal liability under this Notes
Guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such shareholder, officer,
director, employee or incorporator.

 

SECTION 1202.   Execution and Delivery of the Notes
Guarantees.

 

(a)                                  To evidence the Notes Guarantees
set forth in Section 1201, the Company and each Notes Guarantor hereby
agrees that:

 

(1)                                  a notation of the
Notes Guarantees substantially as set forth on Exhibit E hereto shall be
endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee;

 

109

 

(2)                                  such endorsement
shall be executed on behalf of each Notes Guarantor by any one officer of such
Notes Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                 Each Notes Guarantor hereby
agrees that its Notes Guarantee set forth in Section 1201 shall remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a
notation of such Notes Guarantee.

 

(c)                                  If an officer whose signature is
on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Notes on which a Notes Guarantee is endorsed, the Notes
Guarantee shall nevertheless be valid.

 

(d)                                 The delivery of any Note by the
Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due
delivery of the Notes Guarantees set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the
Notes Guarantors.

 

(e)                                  Such signatures upon this
Indenture may be by manual or facsimile signature of such officers and may be
imprinted or otherwise reproduced on this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1203.   Limitation on Notes Guarantors’ Liability.

 

Each Notes Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each
Holder hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
guarantee by such Notes Guarantor pursuant to its Notes Guarantee not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any federal or
state law.  To effectuate the foregoing
intention, the Holders and the Notes Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that
the obligations of each Notes Guarantor under its Notes Guarantee shall be
limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Notes Guarantor and to any collections
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Notes Guarantor in respect
of the obligations of such other Notes Guarantor under its Notes Guarantee,
result in the obligations of such Notes Guarantor under its Notes Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or
state law and not rendering a Notes Guarantor insolvent.

 

SECTION 1204.   Rights under the Notes Guarantees.

 

(a)                                  Until payment in full of the
Notes, no payment by any Notes Guarantor pursuant to the provisions hereof
shall give rise to any claim of the Notes Guarantor against the Trustee or any
Holder.

 

(b)                                 Each Notes Guarantor waives
notice of the issuance, sale and purchase of the Notes and notice from the
Trustee or the Holders from time to time of any of the Notes of their
acceptance and reliance on its Guaranty.

 

(c)                                  No set-off, counterclaim,
reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense of any kind or nature
(other than performance by the Notes Guarantors of their obligations hereunder)
that any Notes Guarantor may have or assert against the Trustee or any Holder
shall be available hereunder to such Notes Guarantor.

 

110

 

(d)                                 Each Notes Guarantor shall pay
all reasonable costs, expenses and fees, including all reasonable attorneys’
fees, that may be incurred by the Trustee in enforcing or attempting to enforce
the Notes Guarantees or protecting the rights of the Trustee or the Holder, if
any, in accordance with this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1205.   Primary Obligations.

 

The obligations of each Notes Guarantor hereunder
shall constitute a guaranty of payment and not of collection.  Each Notes Guarantor agrees that it is
directly liable to each Holder hereunder, that the obligations of each Notes
Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Company or any
other Notes Guarantor, and that a separate action may be brought against each
Notes Guarantor, whether such action is brought against the Company or any
other Notes Guarantor or whether the Company or any other Notes Guarantor is
joined in such action.  Each Notes
Guarantor agrees that its liability hereunder shall be immediate and shall not
be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by the Trustee or the Holders of
whatever remedies they may have against the Company or any other Notes
Guarantor or the enforcement of any lien or realization upon any security the Trustee
may at any time possess.  Each Notes
Guarantor agrees that any release that may be given by the Trustee or the
Holders to the Company or any other Notes Guarantor shall not release such
Notes Guarantor.

 

SECTION 1206.   Notes Guarantee by Future Domestic
Subsidiaries.  

 

(a)                                  The Company shall cause each
Person that becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary having assets with a net
book value of greater than $1.0 million and that, directly or indirectly,
Guarantees the payment, or pledges any of its Property to secure the payment,
of other Debt of the Company or any other Subsidiary (other than Unregistered
Senior Debt and Debt under the Senior Credit Facility) to execute and deliver
the Trustee a supplemental indenture hereto providing for a Notes Guarantee, on
an unsecured, senior subordinated basis, at the time such Restricted Subsidiary
issues such Guarantee or pledge.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Restricted Subsidiaries that are special purpose entities established solely in
connection with any Receivables Program or in connection with any Synthetic
Lease of the Office Campus shall not be required to Guarantee the Notes.

 

(c)                                  The Company shall deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee,
to the effect that (A) such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and (B) such
supplemental indenture constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable
obligations of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, subject to customary
exceptions and carve-outs applicable to other similar opinions.

 

(d)                                 The fact that any Note may fail
to have endorsed thereon a Notes Guarantee executed by a Notes Guarantor shall
not affect the validity or enforceability of such Notes Guarantee against such
Notes Guarantor.

 

111

 

SECTION 1207.   Release of Notes Guarantors.

 

(a)                                  A Notes Guarantor shall be
released from all of its obligations under its Notes Guarantee, this Indenture
and the Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable):

 

(1)                                  in connection with
any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or all
of the Capital Stock of that Notes Guarantor (including by way of merger or
consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to
such transaction) the Company or a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, if such sale or other disposition is in compliance with Section 1013;

 

(2)                                  upon the designation
of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture;

 

(3)                                  upon the delivery by
the Company to the Trustees of an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the net
book value of the assets of such Notes Guarantor is equal to or less than $1.0
million; or

 

(4)                                  upon the release of a
Notes Guarantor from its Guarantee under all other Debt of the Company and its
Subsidiaries other than Unregistrered Senior Debt and Debt under the Senior
Credit Facility;

 

and in each case other than
a release pursuant to clause (4) of this subsection (a) the Company has
delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that all
conditions precedent herein provide for relating to such transactions have been
complied with and that such release is authorized and permitted hereunder.

 

(b)                                 If all of the conditions to
release contained in this Section 1207 have been satisfied, the Trustee
shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company or any Notes
Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Notes Guarantor from its
obligations under its Notes Guarantee under this Article Twelve and the
Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable).

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 1301.   Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Company may at its option, by Board Resolution, at
any time, elect to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 applied
to the Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in
this Article Thirteen.

 

SECTION 1302.   Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1301
applicable to this Section 1302, the Company and the Notes Guarantors
shall be deemed to have been

 

112

 

discharged from their
obligations with respect to the Outstanding Notes and this Indenture on the
date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”).  For
this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company and the Notes Guarantors
shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented
by the Outstanding Notes and the Company and the Notes Guarantors will be
deemed to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the
Notes Guarantees and this Indenture insofar as such Notes and Notes Guarantees
are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute
proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which
shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of such Notes to
receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1304 and as more
fully set forth in such Section 1304, payments in respect of the principal
of (and premium, if any) and interest, including Special Interest, if any, on
such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with
respect to such Notes under Sections 305, 306, 1002 and 1003, (c) the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (d)
this Article Thirteen.  Subject to
compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Company may exercise its option
under this Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option
under Section 1303.

 

SECTION 1303.   Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1301
applicable to this Section 1303, (a) the Company and the Notes Guarantors
shall be released from their obligations under Sections 1005 through 1019
inclusive, Section 1206 and clause (a)(4) of Section 801, (b)
the occurrence of an event specified in Sections 501(a)(3) (with respect
to clause (a)(4) of Section 801), 501(a)(4) (with respect to any of
Sections 1008 through 1014, inclusive, Sections 1016, 1018 and 1206),
501(a)(5), 501(a)(6), 501(a)(7) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or
Restricted Subsidiaries that individually or in the aggregate would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary), and 501(a)(8) through 501(a)(10), inclusive, shall
not be deemed to be an Event of Default (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”).  For
this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in
respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section,
Clause or Article, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such Section, Clause or Article or by reason of
any reference in any such Section, Clause or Article to any other
provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture
and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

 

SECTION 1304.   Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to application
of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the then Outstanding Notes:

 

(a)                                  The Company shall irrevocably
have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee
satisfying the requirements of Section 609 who shall agree to comply with
the provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds
in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, dedicated solely to
the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (1) money in an amount, or (2) U.S.
Government Obligations that through the scheduled payment of principal and
interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not
later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or
(3) a

 

113

 

combination thereof, sufficient to pay and discharge, and which shall
be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge,
the principal of (premium, if any,) and each installment of interest, including
Special Interest, if any, on the Outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity (or
Redemption Date, if applicable) of such principal or installment of interest in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Notes;

 

(b)                                 The Company delivers a
certificate to the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) from a nationally
recognized firm of independent registered public accountants expressing their
opinion that the amounts deposited pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 1304
(without reinvestment on the deposited money or U.S. Government Obligations or
combination thereof) will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as
will be sufficient to pay principal (premium, if any) and interest, including
Special Interest, if any, when due on all the Notes to Stated Maturity or
redemption, as the case may be;

 

(c)                                  In the case of an election under
Section 1302, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel qualified to practice law in the United States stating that:

 

(1)                                  the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling; or

 

(2)                                  since the date of
this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income
tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon
such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be
subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and
discharge had not occurred;

 

(d)                                 In the case of an election under
Section 1303, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel qualified to practice law in the United States to the effect that
the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for U.S.
Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance
and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and
covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(e)                                  Such defeasance or covenant
defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest as
defined in Section 608 and for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with
respect to any securities of the Company;

 

(f)                                    No Default or Event of Default
of the Company or such Person making the deposit in clause (a) shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as
clause 501(a)(7) is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the
123rd day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this
condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period);

 

114

 

(g)                                 The Company shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel qualified to practice law in the United
States to the effect that such deposit shall not cause the trust so created to
be subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

(h)                                 Such deposit, defeasance or
covenant defeasance and discharge shall not result in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under, any other material agreement or instrument to
which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

 

(i)                                     The Company shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to either
the defeasance under Section 1302 or the covenant defeasance under Section 1303
(as the case may be) have been complied with; and

 

Upon
satisfaction of the above conditions in order to effect a defeasance or
conveyance defeasance, all Notes Guarantors will be fully and unconditionally
released from their obligations under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1305.   Deposited Money and U.S. Government
Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of the
last subsection of Section 1003, all money and U.S. Government
Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or
other qualifying trustee--collectively, for purposes of this Section 1305,
the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1404 in respect of the Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent)
as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and
to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall pay and
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or
assessed against any U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1304
or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such
tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
Outstanding Notes.

 

(c)                                  Anything in this Article Thirteen
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the
Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government
Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1304 which, in the opinion
of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in
a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the
amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an
equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance.

 

SECTION 1306.  
Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply
any money in accordance with Section 1302 or 1303 by reason of any order
or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s

 

115

 

obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes, and the obligations of the Notes Guarantors under the
Notes Guarantees, shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to this Article Thirteen until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 1302
or 1303; provided, however, that
if the Company makes any payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or
interest, including Special Interest, if any, on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or the Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

SUBORDINATION

 

SECTION 1401.   Agreement to Subordinate.

 

The Company agrees, and each
Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the payment of principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on, including Special Interest, if any, and all other
amounts payable in respect of, the Notes is subordinated in right of payment,
to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Fourteen and
subject to the provisions of Article Thirteen hereof, to the payment when
due in cash of all Senior Debt of the Company and that the subordination is for
the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Debt. The Notes
shall in all respects rank pari passu with
all future Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company and senior to all existing
and future Subordinated Debt of the Company. 
All provisions of this Article Fourteen shall be subject to Section 1412.

 

SECTION 1402.  
Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.

 

(a)                                  Upon any payment or distribution of the
assets of the Company upon a total or partial liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or Property or upon
an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the marshaling of its assets and
liabilities, the holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in
full in cash before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Special Interest, if any,
on, or any other amount payable to Holders in respect of, the Notes, except
that Holders may receive and retain such payments made in Permitted Junior
Securities and payments from the trust described in Section 1412 hereof;
and

 

(b)                                 Until the Senior Debt is paid in full in
cash, any distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article Fourteen
will be made to holders of the Senior Debt as their interests may appear
(except that Holders may receive and retain payments made in Permitted Junior
Securities and payments and other distributions made from the trust described
in Section 1412 hereof; provided that (i) no Holder shall have the right
to receive and retain any such Permitted Junior Securities if the existence of
such right would have the effect of causing the Notes to be treated in the same
class of claims as the Senior Debt or any class of claims which is pari passu with such Senior Debt and (ii) holders of Senior
Debt shall be entitled to receive any cash payments made to any Holder on the
account of Permitted Junior Securities until all Obligations in respect of
Senior Debt have been paid in full in cash).

 

116

 

SECTION 1403.  
Default on Senior Debt.

 

(a)                                  The Company may not pay (except
in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described in Section 1412
and Article Thirteen hereof) principal of, or premium, if any, or interest,
including Special Interest, if any, on, or any other amounts payable in respect
of, the Notes, or make any deposit pursuant to Section 1304, and may not
repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”)
if (i) any principal, premium, interest or any other amount payable in respect
of any Senior Debt is not paid within any applicable grace period (including at
maturity), or (ii) any other default on Senior Debt occurs and the maturity of
such Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with its terms, unless, in either
case, (A) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has
been rescinded or (B) such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided,
however, that the Company may pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if
the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from
the Representative of such issue of Senior Debt or, if there is no
Representative, from the holders of such Senior Debt.

 

(b)                                 During the continuance of any
default (other than a default described in clause (a)(i) or (ii) above) with
respect to any Designated Senior Debt pursuant to which the maturity thereof
may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except any notice
required to effect the acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace
period, the Company may not pay the Notes for a period (a “Payment Blockage
Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Company and the Trustee of
written notice of such default from the Representative of the holders of such
Designated Senior Debt or, if there is no Representative, from the holders of
such Designated Senior Debt, specifying an election to effect a Payment
Blockage Period (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) and ending 179 days
thereafter, unless such Payment Blockage Period is earlier terminated by
written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Representative of the
holders of such Designated Senior Debt or, if there is no Representative, from
the holders of such Designated Senior Debt that gave such Payment Blockage
Notice, (i) because such default is no longer continuing, or (ii) because such
Designated Senior Debt has been repaid in full in cash.  Not more than one Payment Blockage Notice
with respect to all issues of Designated Senior Debt may be given in any
consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect
to one or more issues of Designated Senior Debt during such period.  No non-payment default that existed or was
continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the
Trustee shall be the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.  Following the expiration of any period during
which the Company is prohibited from making payments on the Notes pursuant to a
Payment Blockage Notice, the Company shall (unless otherwise prohibited as
described in the first two sentences of this paragraph) resume making any and
all required payments in respect of the Notes, including, without limitation,
any missed payments, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been
accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded.

 

(c)                                  The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any default in the
payment after the expiration of the cure period, if any, of any Senior Debt or
any acceleration under any Senior Debt or under any agreement pursuant to which
Senior Debt may have been issued. 
Failure to give such notice shall not effect the subordination of the
Notes to the Senior Debt or the application of the other provisions provided in
this Article Fourteen.

 

117

 

SECTION 1404.  
Acceleration of Payment of Securities.

 

If
payment of the Notes is accelerated when any Designated Senior Debt is
outstanding, the Company may not pay the Notes until three Business Days after
the Representatives of all issues of  Designated Senior Debt or, if there is no
Representative, the holders of such Designated Senior Debt receive notice of
such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if this Indenture
otherwise permits payment at that time.

 

SECTION 1405. 
 When
Distribution Must
Be Paid Over.

 

If
a payment or distribution is made to Holders or to the Trustee for the benefit
of Holders that, due to this Article Fourteen, should not have been made
to them, such Holders or the Trustee will be required to hold it in trust for
holders of Senior Debt and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

SECTION 1406.   Subrogation.

 

After
all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders
shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Debt that is pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of
Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent
that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to the
payment of Senior Debt.  A distribution
made under this Article Fourteen to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise
would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders, a
payment by the Company on such Senior Debt.

 

SECTION 1407.  
Relative
Rights.

 

This Article Fourteen
defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt.  Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 

(a)                                  impair, as between the Company and Holders,
the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes in accordance with
their terms;

 

(b)                                 affect the relative rights of Holders and
creditors of the Company other then their rights in relation to holders of
Senior Debt; or

 

(c)                                  prevent the Trustee or any Holder from
exercising its available remedies upon a Default or an Event of Default,
subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions
otherwise payable to Holders.

 

SECTION 1408.   Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.

 

No right of any holder of
Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the Debt evidenced by the Notes
shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure
to comply with this Indenture.

 

118

 

SECTION 1409.   Rights
of Trustee and Paying Agent.

 

Notwithstanding Section 1403,
the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and
shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would
prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business
Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer receives notice
satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article Fourteen.  The Company, the Note Registrar or
co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt may
give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt has a
Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.

 

The
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  The Note Registrar and co-registrar and the
Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. 
The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Fourteen
with respect to any Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in Article Six
shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.  Nothing in this Article Fourteen shall
apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 607.

 

SECTION 1410.  
Distribution or Notice to Representative.

 

Whenever
a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the
distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

 

SECTION 1411.  
Article Fourteen
Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate.

 

Nothing
in this Article Fourteen shall prevent an Event of Default in accordance
with Article Five or have any effect on the right of the Holders or the
Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes or to exercise the rights and remedies
in Article Five.

 

SECTION 1412.  
Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.

 

Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds
of non-callable U.S. Government Securities held in trust under Article Thirteen
by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall
not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt or subject to the
restrictions set forth in this Article Fourteen, and none of the Holders
shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any holder of
Senior Debt or any other creditor of the Company.

 

SECTION 1413.   Trustee Entitled to Rely.

 

Upon
any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Fourteen, the Trustee
and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred
to in Section 1402 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating
trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the
Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon a certificate of the Representative of
the holders of Senior Debt or, if there is no Representative, the holders of
Senior Debt for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate
in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other Debt of
the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon,

 

119

 

the amount or amounts
paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Fourteen.  In the event that the Trustee determines, in
good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person
as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution
pursuant to this Article Fourteen, the Trustee may request such Person to
furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount
of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is
entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts
pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Fourteen, and,
if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such
Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive
such payment.  The provisions of Section 601
and 603 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the
Trustee pursuant to this Article Fourteen.

 

SECTION 1414.  
Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

 

Each
Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to
take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or
effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt
as provided in this Article Fourteen and appoints the Trustee as
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

SECTION 1415.  
Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.

 

The
Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior
Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay
over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or
assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Fourteen
or otherwise, except if such mistake was the result of the Trustee’s gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

 

SECTION 1416.  
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions.

 

Each Holder by accepting a
Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and
are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any
Senior Debt, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after
the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to
hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of such Senior Debt shall be deemed
conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and
continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.

 

SECTION 1417.   Subordination of Notes Guarantor.

 

The Notes Guaranty of each Notes Guarantor will be
subordinated to Senior Debt of such Notes Guarantor to the same extent and in
the same manner as the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company.

 

120

 

This instrument may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but
all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
instrument.

 

121

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

	
   

  	
  The
  Trustee

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  U.S. BANK
  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Paula M.
  Oswald

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Paula M. Oswald

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Vice President

  
					

 

122

 

	
   

  	
  The
  Company

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  CORPORATION

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ David White

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  David White

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Executive Vice
  President and

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Chief Financial
  Officer

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Walter
  Boileau

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  
					

 

123

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  COMPATIBLE
  MEMORY, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  HADCO
  CORPORATION

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  HADCO SANTA
  CLARA, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  INTERAGENCY,
  INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  NEWISYS, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  ENCLOSURE USA INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  SYSTEMS (ALABAMA) INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI SYSTEMS ENCLOSURES

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (DENTON) INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  SYSTEMS HOLDINGS, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI SYSTEMS,
  INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCIMEX, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  VIKING
  INTERWORKS INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  All by:

  	
  /s/ Walter
  Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  

 

124

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI PLANT NO. 5, L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI SYSTEMS
  (ALABAMA) INC.,

  its Sole Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Walter
  Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  

 

125

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI PLANT NO.
  22, L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI TECHNOLOGY, INC.,

  its Sole Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Walter
  Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  

 

126

 

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA GENERAL, L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA LIMITED,
  L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  All by:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  CORPORATION,

  
	
   

  	
  their Sole Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Walter
  Boileau

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  
					

 

127

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA TEXAS,
  L.P.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  SANMINA GENERAL,
  L.L.C.,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  its General Partner

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  CORPORATION,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  its Sole Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Walter
  Boileau

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  
							

 

128

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FACE OF NOTE]

 

[APPLICABLE LEGENDS PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(C)]

 

SANMINA-SCI CORPORATION

 

63⁄4% Senior Subordinated Note due March 1, 2013

 

[CUSIP] [ISIN] [            ]

 

	
  No.        

  	
   

  	
  $          

  

 

SANMINA-SCI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company,”
which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to), for value received, promises to pay to                       ,
or its registered assigns, the principal amount of                    
($      ) [If
this Note is a Global Note, then insert – (such principal amount may
from time to time be increased or decreased to such other principal amounts
(which, taken together with the principal amounts of all other Outstanding
Notes, shall not exceed the sum of (a) $400,000,000 plus (b) the principal
amount of any Additional Notes issued pursuant to the within-mentioned
Indenture) by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee referred to in the
Indenture)] on March 1, 2013.

 

Interest Payment Dates:                 March 1 and September 1.

 

Regular Record Dates:                         February 15 and August 15.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of
this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for
all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

The Notes Guarantors that are parties to the
Indenture, and their successors under the Indenture, have jointly and
severally, fully and unconditionally, guaranteed the payment of principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note
to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

A-1

 

	
   

  	
  The
  Company:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI CORPORATION

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  (Trustee’s
  Certificate of Authentication)

  
					

 

This is one of the 63⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due March 1,
2013 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
  Date:

  	
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL
  ASSOCIATION,

  
	
   

  	
  as Trustee

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Authorized Signatory

  

 

A-2

 

[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

 

SANMINA-SCI CORPORATION

 

63⁄4% Senior
Subordinated Note due March 1, 2013

 

1.                                       Principal
and Interest.

 

The Company will pay the principal amount of this Note
on March 1, 2013.

 

The Company promises to pay interest semiannually in
arrears on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date at
the rate per annum shown above, commencing on September 1, 2005.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or, if
no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from February 24,
2005.  Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

[IF NOTE IS A RESTRICTED NOTE, THEN INSERT  The Holder of this Note (and any Person that
has a beneficial interest in this Note) is entitled to the benefits of an
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2005,
and as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Registration Rights
Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Notes Guarantors and the
Purchasers.  The Registration Rights
Agreement provides that Special Interest will be payable by the Company to
certain holders of the Notes for specified periods if the Company does not
comply with certain of its obligations thereunder.  The Company agrees to pay Special Interest,
if any, accruing on this Note in accordance with the terms of the Registration
Rights Agreement.]

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal
and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the
extent lawful, at a rate per annum that is equal to 63⁄4%.

 

2.                                       Method
of Payment.

 

The Company will pay principal as provided above and
interest (except Defaulted Interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as
provided above on each March 1 and September 1, to the Persons who
are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on the February 15
or August 15  immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, such
date referred to herein as the “Regular Record Date”), in each case, even if
the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange
after such Regular Record Date.

 

The Company will pay principal (and premium, if any),
and as provided above, interest, in money of the United States that at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  However, the Company may pay principal
(and  premium, if any), and interest by
its check payable in such money.  It may
mail an interest check to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the
Note Register).  If a payment date is a
date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at
that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest
shall accrue for the intervening period if and to the extent the required
payment is made on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

A-3

 

3.                                       Paying
Agent and Note Registrar.

 

Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating
agent, Paying Agent and Note Registrar. 
The Company may change any authenticating agent, Paying Agent or Note
Registrar without notice.  The Company,
any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Note
Registrar or co-Note Registrar.

 

4.                                       Indenture;
Limitations.

 

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture among
the Company, each of the Notes Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) dated as of February 24, 2005 (the
“Indenture”).  Capitalized terms herein
are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.  The terms of the Notes include those stated
in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act.  The Notes are subject to
all such terms and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust
Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, in
the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of
the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

 

The Notes are senior subordinated obligations of the
Company.

 

The Company may, subject to the provisions of the
Indenture and applicable law, issue Additional Notes under the Indenture.

 

5.                                       Optional
Redemption.

 

Except as set forth below, the Notes will not be
redeemable at the option of the Company prior to March 1, 2009.  Starting on that date, the Company may redeem
all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the
required notice under the Indenture.

 

The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the
election of the Company, at any time and from time to time on or after March 1,
2009, at the Redemption Prices set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, including Special Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption
Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record
Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).  The following Redemption Prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) are for the Notes redeemed during the 12-month
period commencing on March 1 of the years set forth below:

 

	
  Year

  	
   

  	
  Redemption Price

  	
   

  
	
  2009

  	
   

  	
  103.375

  	
  %

  
	
  2010

  	
   

  	
  101.688

  	
  %

  
	
  2011 and thereafter

  	
   

  	
  100.000

  	
  %

  

 

At any time and from time to time prior to March 1,
2009, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Notes after giving the
required notice under the Indenture, at a Redemption Price equal to the sum of:

 

A-4

 

(a)                                  the principal amount of the
Notes to be redeemed, plus

 

(b)                                 accrued and unpaid interest,
including Special Interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date
that is prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date), plus

 

(c)                                  the Make-Whole Premium (as
defined in the Indenture).

 

In addition, at any time and from time to time, prior
to March 1, 2008, the Company may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) in an
amount not to exceed the amount of the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings at a Redemption Price equal to 106.75% of the principal amount of the
Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, including Special Interest, if
any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that after giving effect to any such redemption, at
least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any
Additional Notes, but excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries)
remains outstanding.  Any such redemption
shall be made within 90 days of such Equity Offering upon not fewer than 30 nor
more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

In the event of redemption or purchase of this Note in
part only, a new Note or Notes for the unredeemed or unpurchased portion hereof
will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

 

6.                                       Repurchase
upon Change of Control.

 

Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each
Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase its Notes in
cash pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture at the Change of Control
Purchase Price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Purchase
Date.

 

A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed
within 30 days after any Change of Control occurs to each Holder by first-class
mail at its last address as it appears in the Note Register.  Notes in original denominations larger than
$1,000 may be sold to the Company in part (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000).  On and after the
Change of Control Purchase Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or
portions of Notes surrendered for purchase by the Company, unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price.

 

7.                                       Denominations;
Transfer; Exchange.

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 of principal amount and multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.  A Holder may register the
transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Note Registrar may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture.  The Note Registrar need not
register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption in whole
or in part,

 

A-5

 

except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part.  Also, it need not
issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Notes during a period beginning
at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of
redemption of Notes selected for redemption.

 

8.                                       Persons
Deemed Owners.

 

A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for
all purposes.

 

9.                                       Amendment;
Supplement; Waiver.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the
Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of Outstanding Notes, and any existing
default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of Outstanding Notes.  Without notice to or the consent of any
Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes
to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency
and make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

 

10.                                 Restrictive
Covenants.

 

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the
ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things, to
Incur additional Debt, make Restricted Payments, suffer to exist restrictions
on the ability of Restricted Subsidiaries to make certain payments to the
Company, engage in transactions with Affiliates, suffer to exist or incur
Liens, use the proceeds from Asset Sales, or merge, consolidate or transfer
substantially all of their assets.  The
Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each
fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof an Officers’
Certificate (in which one of the two Officers signing such certificate is
either a principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal
accounting officer of the Company), stating whether or not to the best
knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance
and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture
(without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided
hereunder), and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such
defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.  During a Suspension Period, the Company will
not be subject to a majority of these restrictive covenants.

 

11.                                 Subordination

 

The Notes and Notes
Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt to the extent set forth in the
Indenture.

 

12.                                 Successor Persons.

 

When a successor person or other entity assumes all
the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the
predecessor person will be released from those obligations except in limited
circumstances described in the Indenture.

 

A-6

 

13.                                 Defaults
and Remedies.

 

The Indenture sets forth events that constitute an
Event of Default under the Indenture.  If
an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, there may be declared due
and payable the principal amount (together with accrued and unpaid interest) on
the Notes in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  If certain bankruptcy or insolvency events
occur and continue with respect to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that
individually or in the aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, the
Notes shall automatically become due and payable in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture.

 

14.                                 Notes
Guarantee.

 

The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Notes Guarantors as
such Notes Guarantors may change from time to time in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture.

 

15.                                 Designation
as Senior Debt.

 

The Notes are designated senior debt for purposes of
the Zero Coupon Debentures and the Company’s Guaranty of the 3% Convertible
Subordinated Notes Due 2007 issued by SCI Systems, Inc.  The Notes Guaranty by SCI Systems, Inc. is
designated senior debt for purposes of the 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes
Due 2007 issued by SCI Systems, Inc.

 

16.                                 Trustee
Dealings with the Company.

 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform
services for the Company, the Notes Guarantors or their Affiliates and may
otherwise deal with the Company, the Notes Guarantors or their Affiliates as if
it were not the Trustee.

 

17.                                 No
Recourse Against Others.

 

No incorporator or any past, present or future
partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or
controlling person, as such, of the Company, the Notes Guarantors or of any
successor Person shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or
the Notes Guarantors under the Notes, the Notes Guarantees or the Indenture or
for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation.  Each Holder by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of
the Notes and the Notes Guarantees.

 

18.                                 Authentication.

 

This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or
authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side
of this Note.

 

19.                                 Abbreviations.

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=

 

A-7

 

 

joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act).

 

The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to
any Holder upon written request and without charge.  Requests may be made to Sanmina-SCI
Corporation, 2700 North First Street, San Jose, California 95134.

 

20.                                 Governing
Law.

 

This Note shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-8

 

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder
hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

Insert Taxpayer
Identification No.

 

	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Please print or
  typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee

  
	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby
irrevocably constituting and appointing                                                 
attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power of
substitution in the premises.

 

[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL NOTES
OTHER THAN EXCHANGE NOTES]

 

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring
prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date the Registration
Statement is declared effective or (ii) the end of the period referred to in
Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without
utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising that:

 

[Check One]

 

o
(a)                                   this
Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

 

or

 

o
(b)                                  this
Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents
are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in
this Note and the Indenture.

 

A-9

 

If none of the foregoing
boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note Registrar shall not be obligated to
register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof
unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth
herein and in Section 305 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  NOTICE: The
  signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon
  the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without
  alteration or any change whatsoever.

  

 

Signature must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor
Institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit
union) with membership in an approved signature medallion program pursuant to
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15).

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY
PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The
undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion
and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within
the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is
aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the
undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to
request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying
upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

 

	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  NOTICE: To be
  executed by an executive officer

  

 

A-10

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you wish to have this
Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 1103 or 1105 of this
Indenture, check the Box:  o

 

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased
by the Company pursuant to Section 1103 or 1105 of the Indenture, state
the principal amount:  $                                   .

 

	
  Date:

  
	
   

  
	
  Your Signature:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (Sign exactly as your
  name appears on the other side of this Note)

  
	
   

  
	
  Signature Notes
  Guarantee:

  	
   

  	
   

  
					

 

Signature must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor
Institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit
union) with membership in an approved signature medallion program pursuant to
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15).

 

A-11

 

EXHIBIT B
— Form of

Regulation S Certificate

 

REGULATION S CERTIFICATE

 

U.S. Bank National
Association

633 West Fifth Street,
24th Floor

Los Angeles, CA  90071

 

 

Re:                               63⁄4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

of Sanmina-SCI Corporation (the “Notes”)

 

Reference is
hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 24, 2005 (the “Indenture”),
among Sanmina-SCI Corporation, the Notes Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank
National Association, as Trustee.  Terms
used but not defined herein and defined in Regulation S or Rule 144
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or in the
Indenture shall have the meanings given to them in Regulation S or
Rule 144 or the Indenture, as the case may be.

 

This certificate
relates to U.S. $                              principal amount of Notes, which are
evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the “Specified Notes”):

 

	
  CUSIP [ISIN]
  No(s).

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  CERTIFICATE
  No(s).

  	
   

  
			

 

The person in whose name
this certificate is executed below (the “Undersigned”) hereby certifies that
either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is
acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is
duly authorized by them to do so.  Such
beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the “Owner”.  If the Specified Notes are represented by a
Global Note, they are held through the Depositary or an Agent Member in the
name of the Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.  If the Specified Notes are not represented by
a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the Undersigned, as or on
behalf of the Owner.

 

The Owner has
requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the “Transferee”)
who will take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note or an interest
therein.  In connection with such
transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act, such transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation
S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities
laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions.  Accordingly, the Owner hereby further
certifies as follows:

 

B-1

 

If the transfer is
being effected in accordance with Rule 904:

 

(a)                                  the Owner is not a distributor of the
Notes, an affiliate of the Company or any such distributor or a person acting
on behalf of any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                                 the offer of the Specified Notes was not
made to a U.S. person in the United States;

 

(c)                                  either:

 

(1)                                  at
the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United
States or the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed
that the Transferee was outside the United States, or

 

(2)                                  the
transaction is being executed in, on or through the facilities of the Eurobond
market, as regulated by the Association of International Bond Dealers, or
another designated offshore securities market and neither the Owner nor any
person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged
with a buyer in the United States;

 

(d)                                 no directed selling efforts in
contravention of the requirements of Rule 904(a)(2) have been made in the
United States by or on behalf of the Owner or any affiliate thereof; and

 

(e)                                  if the Owner is a dealer in Notes or has
received a selling conversion, fee or other remuneration in respect of the
Specified Notes, and the transfer is to occur during the Distribution
Compliance Period, then the requirements of Rule 904(b)(1) have been
satisfied; and

 

(f)                                    the transaction is not part of a plan or
scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

If the transfer is being effected pursuant to
Rule 144:

 

(a)                                  the transfer is occurring:

 

(1)                                  after a holding period of at least one
year (compute in accordance with paragraph (d) of Rule 144) has
elapsed since the Specified Notes were last acquired from an Issuer or from an
affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and is being effected in accordance
with the applicable amount, manner of sale and notice requirements of
Rule 144; or

 

B-2

 

(2)                                  after a holding period of at least two
years has elapsed since the Specified Notes were last acquired from the Issuer
or form an affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and the Owner is not,
and during the preceding three months has not been, an affiliate of the
Company; and

 

(b)                                 the Specified Notes are being transferred
in compliance with any applicable “blue sky” securities laws of all applicable
states of the United States.

 

B-3

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein
are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Purchasers
under the Purchase Agreement.

 

	
  Dated: 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (Print the name
  of the Undersigned, as such term is defined in the second subsection of
  this certificate.)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
  *

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (If the
  Undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the
  person signing on behalf of the Undersigned must be stated.)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  *

  	
  Signature must
  be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stockbrokers,
  savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an
  approved signature medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange
  Commission Rule 17Ad-15.

  
								

 

B-4

 

EXHIBIT C
— Form of

Restricted Notes Certificate

 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE

 

U.S. Bank National
Association

633 West Fifth Street,
24th Floor

Los Angeles, CA  90071

 

Re:                               63⁄4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

of Sanmina-SCI Corporation (the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
February 24, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among Sanmina-SCI Corporation, the
Notes Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as
Trustee.  Terms used but not defined
herein and defined in Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”) or in the Indenture shall have the meanings
given to them in Rule 144A or Rule 144 or the Indenture, as the case may be.

 

This certificate relates to U.S. $                             
principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s)
(the “Specified Notes”):

 

	
  CUSIP [ISIN] No(s).

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  CERTIFICATE No(s).

  	
   

  
			

 

The person in
whose name this certificate is executed below (the “Undersigned”) hereby
certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified
Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the
Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to do so.  Such beneficial owner or owners are referred
to herein collectively as the “Owner”. 
If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through
the Depositary or an Agent Member in the name of the Undersigned, as or on
behalf of the Owner.  If the Specified
Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of
the Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.

 

The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be
transferred to a person (the “Transferee”) who will take delivery in the form
of a Restricted Note or an interest in a Restricted Global Note.  In connection with such transfer, the Owner
hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an
effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act, (i) the Owner is not
a U.S. person and (ii) such transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule
144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and all applicable securities laws of
the states of the United States and other jurisdictions.  Accordingly, the Owner hereby further
certifies as:

 

C-1

 

If the
transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 144A:

 

(a)                                  the
Specified Notes are being transferred to a person that the Owner and any person
acting on its behalf reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer”
within the meaning of Rule 144A, acquiring for its own account or for the account
of a qualified institutional buyer;

 

(b)                                 the
Owner and any person acting on its behalf have taken reasonable steps to ensure
that the Transferee is aware that the Owner may be relying on Rule 144A in
connection with the transfer; and

 

(c)                                  the
Specified Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue
sky securities law of all applicable states of the United States.

 

If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule
144:

 

(a)                                  the
transfer is occurring:

 

(i)                                     after
a holding period of at least one year (computed in accordance with paragraph
(d) of Rule 144) has elapsed since the Specified Notes were last acquired from
the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and is
being effected in accordance with the applicable amount, manner of sale and
notice requirements of Rule 144; or

 

(ii)                                  after
a holding period of at least two years has elapsed since the Specified Notes
were last acquired from the Company or from an affiliate of the Company,
whichever is later, and the Owner is not, and during the preceding three months
has not been, an affiliate of the Company; and

 

(b)                                 the
Specified Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable “blue
sky” securities laws of all applicable states of the United States.

 

Upon giving effect to this request to exchange a
beneficial interest in Regulation S Global Notes for a beneficial interest in
the Restricted Global Note, the resulting beneficial interest shall be subject
to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Restricted Global Notes
pursuant to the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein
are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Purchasers under
the Purchase Agreement.

 

	
  Dated:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (Print the name
  of the Undersigned, as such term is defined in the second subsection of
  this certificate.)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
  *

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (If the
  Undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the
  person signing on behalf of the Undersigned must be stated.)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  *

  	
  Signature must
  be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stockbrokers,
  savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an
  approved signature medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange
  Commission Rule 17Ad-15.

  
								

 

C-3

 

EXHIBIT D
— Form of

Unrestricted Notes Certificate

 

UNRESTRICTED NOTES CERTIFICATE

 

(For transfers pursuant to Section 305(b) of the Indenture)

 

U.S. Bank National
Association

633 West Fifth Street,
24th Floor

Los Angeles, CA  90071

 

Re:                               63⁄4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

of Sanmina-SCI Corporation (the “Notes”)

 

Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of February 24,
2005 (the “Indenture”), among Sanmina-SCI Corporation (the “Company”), the Note
Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.  Terms used herein and defined in the
Indenture or in Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities
Act”) are used herein as so defined.

 

This certificate relates to U.S. $                             
principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s)
(the “Specified Notes”):

 

	
  [CUSIP] [ISIN] No(s).

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CERTIFICATE No(s).

  	
   

  

 

The person in whose name this certificate is executed
below (the “Undersigned”) hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole
beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all
the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to
do so.  Such beneficial owner or owners
are referred to herein collectively as the “Owner”.  If the Specified Notes are represented by a
Global Note, they are held through the Depositary or an Agent Member in the
name of the Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.  If the Specified Notes are not represented by
a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the undersigned, as or on
behalf of the Owner.

 

The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be
exchanged for Notes bearing no Securities Act Legend pursuant to Section 305(c)
of the Indenture.  In connection with
such exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that the exchange is occurring after
a holding period of at least two years (computed in accordance with paragraph
(d) of Rule 144) has elapsed since the Specified Notes were last acquired from
the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and the
Owner is not, and during the preceding three months has not been, an affiliate
of the Company.  The Owner also
acknowledges that any future transfers of the Specified Notes must comply with
all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other
jurisdictions.

 

D-1

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein
are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company, and the Purchasers.

 

	
  Dated:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (Print the name
  of the Undersigned, as such term is defined in the second subsection of
  this certificate.)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
  *

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (If the
  Undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the
  person signing on behalf of the Undersigned must be stated.)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  *

  	
  Signature must
  be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stockbrokers,
  savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an
  approved signature medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange
  Commission Rule 17Ad-15.

  
									

 

D-2

 

EXHIBIT E
— Form

Of Notes Guarantee

 

GUARANTEE

 

For good and valuable consideration received from the
Company by the undersigned (hereinafter referred to as the “Notes Guarantors,”
which term includes any successor or additional Notes Guarantors), the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, subject to Section 1203 of
the Indenture, each Notes Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby
unconditionally guarantees, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of
the Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement or the obligations
of any party under the Notes, the Indenture, the or the Registration Rights
Agreement, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on, the Notes, whether at Stated Maturity or on an
Interest Payment Date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise
(subject to any applicable grace period), (b) the due and punctual payment of
interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, of the interest on, the
Notes, if lawful, (c) the due and punctual payment and performance (subject to
any applicable grace period) of all other obligations of the Company under the
Notes and the Indenture, all in accordance with the terms set forth therein and
(d) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any
of such other obligations under the Notes or the Indenture, the due and
punctual payment or performance thereof (subject to any applicable grace
period) in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, incorporator, stockholder, members or controlling person of the Notes
Guarantor (or any successor entity), as such, shall have any liability under
this Notes Guarantee for any obligations of the Notes Guarantor under the Notes
or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
such obligations or their creation.  Each
Holder by accepting the Note to which this Notes Guarantee is attached waives
and releases all such liability.

 

[Signatures on following pages]

 

E-1

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Notes Guarantors has
caused this Notes Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

 

	
  Date: February      ,
  2005

  	
  Notes Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  COMPATIBLE
  MEMORY, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  HADCO CORPORATION

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  HADCO SANTA CLARA, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  INTERAGENCY,
  INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  NEWISYS, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  ENCLOSURE USA INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  SYSTEMS (ALABAMA) INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI SYSTEMS ENCLOSURES

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (DENTON) INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  SYSTEMS HOLDINGS, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI SYSTEMS,
  INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCIMEX, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  VIKING
  INTERWORKS INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  All by:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  

 

E-2

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI PLANT NO. 5,
  L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  SYSTEMS (ALABAMA) INC.,

  
	
   

  	
  its Sole Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  

 

E-3

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI PLANT NO.
  22, L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SCI TECHNOLOGY,
  INC.,

  
	
   

  	
  its Sole Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  

 

E-4

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA GENERAL,
  L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA LIMITED,
  L.L.C.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  All by:

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  CORPORATION,

  
	
   

  	
  their Sole
  Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  

 

E-5

 

	
   

  	
  Notes
  Guarantors

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SANMINA TEXAS,
  L.P.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  SANMINA GENERAL,
  L.L.C.,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  its General
  Partner

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  SANMINA-SCI
  CORPORATION,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  its Sole Member

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Walter Boileau

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Treasurer

  
						

 

E-6

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00078-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00078-of-00352.parquet"}], [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00078-of-00352.parquet"}], [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00078-of-00352.parquet"}]]